Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-06
Page:
58
Author:
Frank Cicero
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Prototype and model photos accompany this article about 60-foot boxcars that carry municipal waste. There is a sidebar on how to make the car's decals using WordPerfect for DOS.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-02
Page:
62
Author:
Bruce Chubb
Category:
Layouts
This layout is very, very large. It covers a 2,600 square foot area, and consists of FOUR decks. It is so large that it can accommodate 30 operators in an operating session. Many people have helped Bruce and his wife build this layout. Includes the track plan of the main level.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-03
Page:
74
Author:
Bruce Chubb
Category:
Layouts
This installment of Bruce's large layout covers operations. Included are the operational schematic, discussions about selecting an era for the railroad, building a fleet, the various jobs available, both CTC's, running "day and night", and DCC.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-01
Page:
56
Author:
Paul J. Dolkos
Category:
Passenger Cars
The article covers techniques for applying paint and decals. It shows how to plan the project, checking the parts, planning the painting sequence, painting the underbody, masking the underbody to paint the main body, and additional masking to paint a second color on parts of the sides, applying decals and the finish.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #116
Page:
7
Author:
Bill Neale
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
A photo essay of the author's PRR-based layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-09
Page:
76
Author:
Mike Hammer
Category:
Layouts
HO-scale modules that attach to a smaller home layout as well as to a large club layout. Includes a side bar on how the modules are transported.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-08
Page:
52
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Track
The author shares his latest method of powering turnouts for DCC.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-12
Page:
75
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Structures - Homes
This Victorian home was a side project for the author to build something not directly related to the railroad.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 2000-01
Page:
54
Author:
Ed Hawkins
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Prototype and model photos of box cars, including kits from Branchline and C&BT Shops.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2012-01
Page:
42
Author:
Tom Bartley
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
How Dick got started in model railroading. A run-through his layout. How he built the scenery for his layout. Includes a track plan of this 34' x 64' layout. A sidebar is includes on Dick's friendship with Bob Van Gelder of South River Modelworks.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 61 #4 2016
Page:
38
Author:
Ken Mason
Co-author:
Maureen Mason
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The history, membership, and future plans of the club.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1992-05
Page:
48
Author:
Stuart Thayer
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Greenville-built box cars for the Louisville & Nashville Railroad to transport Ford vehicles. The article covers ways to build this car, and includes scale drawings and model photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #110
Page:
14
Author:
Bob Chapman
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author visits the CUT, and then covers a day-in-the-life of a PRR train at the CUT in 1954, complete with complimentary HO-scale model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-08
Page:
60
Author:
Ken Osborne
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
This is a sectional layout that can be set up in a garage or transported in a minivan. It can be folded up. Included a detailed diagram showing how the benchwork was constructed.
Magazine:
Narrow Gauge And Short Line Gazette 2008-09/10
Page:
76
Author:
Harry W. Brunk
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The article is accompanied by photos and scale drawings of this structure in Black Hawk, Colorado.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2003-10
Page:
33
Author:
Tom Persoon
Category:
Freight Car Loads
Using Atlas bridge girder kit parts to build a load. Shows wood bracing to secure the load.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-09
Page:
80
Author:
Richard Flock
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Using an O-scale dipper for an HO-scale load.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-11
Page:
78
Author:
Iain Rice
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author took a Bachmann Baldwin 2-8-0 and created an accurate model of the CV's N-5a class Consolidation. Includes prototype photos, construction model photos, parts diagrams, and a materials list. A sound decoder was installed in the tender.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-01
Page:
82
Author:
Gary Hoover
Category:
Dioramas
A modeling interpretation of an area in 1900, 1950, and 1999.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-02
Page:
95
Author:
Richard Knapp
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This small truck-to-rail facility is based on the real ones throughout Appalachia. Includes model photos and detail drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-01
Page:
124
Author:
Jim Spencer
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-8-0
Using Strathmore paper and styrene to construct this tender for the author's 2-8-8-0. Includes scale and construction drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-03
Page:
58
Author:
Dan Christiansen, Dave Karkoski
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This brief article describes, mostly through photos, how operations happen at East LaSalle on the North American Prototype Modelers' club layout. A small trackplan of this 59 by 74 foot layout is included, with a detailed track plan of the East LaSalle area.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-11
Page:
62
Author:
Richard Ivins
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Creating a single small town depot from two Rix Products Maxwell Avenue house kits. Diagrams of the modified walls are shown as well as some construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-06
Page:
125
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author builds the Walthers Pella Depot kit.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-07
Page:
71
Author:
Chris Adams
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author discovers that there was a house near the tracks, so he shows how he built it.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2000-11/12
Page:
60
Author:
Margaret Mansfield
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how she and her husband concealed the edges of an access area in the loop.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-07
Page:
85
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A simple scratchbuild project of an 3.5" x 8" HO-scale model of a small firecracker plant. Scale drawings and model photos are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-03
Page:
84
Author:
Eric Lundberg
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Building a see-through roundhouse roof to show off the engines inside.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-07
Page:
64
Author:
Trevor Marshall
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author describes how he installed six Farmall tractors on a Life-Like Proto 2000 53-foot flatcar.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-11
Page:
57
Author:
Thomas Griffiths
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The model built for the Ocean County Society of Model Railroaders club layout hints at the Hoboken, New Jersey terminal. This article describes how the author scratchbuilt this model making many castings to handle the repetitiveness of the model. Includes many model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-02
Page:
59
Author:
Steve Funney
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The model was kitbashed from an Atlas 6-bay cylindrical hopper.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
75
Author:
Ron Nemec
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype information and how the author modeled it using an IHC SW1 carbody, frame and trucks from an Athearn SW1500, and a Sagami motor.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1977-07
Page:
54
Author:
Edward C. Steinberg
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This article covers how to kitbash an industrial complex in a corner of the layout.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2004-03
Page:
27
Author:
Tom Persoon
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author describes how he built a flat car load which contains six trucks and some spare parts for helping fix derailments.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #032
Page:
35
Author:
Bruce F. Smith
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Transporting large naval guns using these flat cars. The author used Crown Custom Imports' brass models. Includes a prototype, several model photos,
and an equipment drawing of the two cars required to carry the load. The author also lists the sources for the gun barrels (i.e the load).
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-10
Page:
86
Author:
Carl A. Traub
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how to build one of these towers. The article includes scaled drawings, prototype photos, and some construction diagrams.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-09
Page:
42
Author:
Karl P. Warden
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
Modeling harbor scenes using selective compression.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1973-09
Page:
47
Author:
Al Westerfield
Category:
Layout Design
A trackplan designed for HO-scale, could be built onto three two to two-and-a-half foot wide tables measuring no more than eight-and-a-half feet in length. It represents steep grades that run up into a mountain from a town below. Great for shays.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-11
Page:
30
Author:
V.S. Roseman
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Kitbashing a Walthers Power Plant kit into an old or modern movie theater. Includes prototype New York area modern movie theaters.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-09
Page:
72
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Layout Construction
The author talks about the demise of his previous layout, why the new layout, and the things he wants to do different this time. Obviously the layout is quite far along, because it includes lots of nice close-up photos of the new layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-10
Page:
72
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment covers the construction of the benchwork on top of shelf system brackets. The author attempts to use the minimal number of tools showing that in two weeks the "dirty" job of benchwork can be completed.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-11
Page:
88
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Layout Construction
In this installment of the author's layout construction project he discusses track planning and track laying.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-09
Page:
91
Author:
Adolph Hungry Wolf
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Kit bashing a Revell structure that happens to be the right scale.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-12
Page:
85
Author:
Ron Foreman
Category:
Structures
The structure of a street corner shop came from three kits. The article includes diagrams of the major parts donors, and the dimensions of the final structure.
Magazine:
YouTube Model Builders eMag 2016-09
Page:
24
Author:
William J. Beranek
Category:
Layout Design
The book "The V & O Story (How the V & O Was Built: How it is Operated)" by Allen McClelland, was the inspiration that got the author into the hobby.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #3
Page:
51
Author:
Don Drum
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
A photo essay of the author's layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2006-01
Page:
23
Author:
Will Mitchell
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Modeling a Canadian Pacific MLW RS 18 Control Cab. Includes prototype and modeling photos, and a parts list for super-detailing this unit.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-10
Page:
93
Author:
James L. Haney
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
The author converted a LaBelle Woodworking Pacific Coast Ry. boxcar kit into a D&RG m.o.w. car. Includes a model photo and a scale drawing.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-08
Page:
87
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
Discusses how the author built a turntable track that stores freight car wheel sets. There is a lot of detail in this little project.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-02
Page:
53
Author:
Peter Hoffman
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
The author describes building a layout into a 7'x8' room enclosed in the garage.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-01
Page:
114
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
The author shows how he makes large pine trees from an artificial Christmas tree.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-05
Page:
64
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author describes how he built a model based on the prototype Central New England (later New York, New Haven & Hartford) station in Middletown, Conn. Includes scaled drawings, model and prototype photos, and various construction diagrams.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-02
Page:
66
Author:
Dean Freytag
Category:
Automobiles
Dean describes how he built this specialized vehicle used by steel mills.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-04
Page:
68
Author:
Bob Walker
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Bob describes how he built a tender for a steam locomotive that he couldn't buy ready-to-run. Includes many detailed construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2017-03
Page:
74
Author:
Mike Schafer
Co-author:
Bill Navigato
Category:
Track
This article covers using hand-throws, specifically those by Caboose Industries, their ground throw (a photo of Aubrey Olson owner of Caboose Industries is included, working on the author's layout). Co-author, Bill, describes his methods for manually throwing turnouts on his layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-01
Page:
88
Author:
Bob Walker
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Using his own O-scale building as a guide, the author described how he scratchbuilt an HO-scale model for a friend, using new and improved techniques and materials. This, in turns, leads him to rebuild his own O-scale model.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1992-05
Page:
104
Author:
Bill Morrissey
Category:
Structures
A simple scratchbuilding project for beginners. Scale diagrams and final photos of the project are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1980-11
Page:
116
Author:
Roger C. Ackert
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Combining an idler gearbox, can motor, and slipjoint coupling for improved locomotive performance.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-11
Page:
109
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Track
Using a Tortoise switch machine, the author describes how he simulates a freight car's brake on an angled hill. Includes an installation diagram that shows how it works.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-09
Page:
46
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Dioramas
Building three scenes that can be inserted into the layout. Includes construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-05
Page:
46
Author:
Walter Weart
Category:
Modules
The author, a member of the Northwest Traction Group, describes how the club developed a single-track modular standard, uses powered overhead wires, and deals with module transportation and set-up. Several setup track plans are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-04
Page:
62
Author:
Lester Jordan, Jr.
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Drawings and model photos show how the author built this common bakery store.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-10
Page:
74
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
This article starts a series in which the author shows how to scratchbuild a steam locomotive in HO-scale. This article discusses the tools needed, finding suitable drive wheels, gears and gearing, motors, and frame design. Also includes a parts listing.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-11
Page:
114
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
This installment covers the construction of the frame and drivers.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-01
Page:
72
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
This installment the author describes how he made the bearings, gearbox, drive train, and cylinders for the locomotive. The article includes many detailed drawings and a sidebar on lathe operations.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-03
Page:
80
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
This installment covers the engine's trucks and coupler.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-04
Page:
92
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
This installment covers the boiler and cab construction.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-07
Page:
76
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
In this installment, the author focuses on boiler details such as steam pipes, running boards, steam turret, air reservoirs, air pump, power reverse, various fittings, boiler bands, handrails, steps, smokebox front, ashpan, deck braces, and piping. Includes details pointed out on model photos and exploded diagrams.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-09
Page:
84
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
This installment covers running gear and frame details, including pilot construction.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-11
Page:
102
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
The series concludes with this installment that covers the construction of the tender.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-03
Page:
54
Author:
Ken Lawrence
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
A J-shaped shelf freelanced layout in an apartment. It features a suburban New York electric commuter line. The layout is very thin, but with the scenery it looks much bigger. A track plan is included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-07
Page:
56
Author:
Flemming Orneholm
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
The author accomplished big vistas in his relatively small 7'x14' layout set in Western Montana in 1953. He spent two-and-a-half years building this layout with dramatic scenery.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2001-02
Page:
43
Author:
Cyril Durrenberger
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author describes how he built a wooden loading rack.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 2000-01
Page:
13
Author:
Richard Hendrickson
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
This installment covers 10,000-gallon cars from Proto 2000. Includes many prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
172
Author:
Gerry Gilliland
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article covers modeling a CP Rail GP38. Includes construction details, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2005-06
Page:
22
Author:
Darrell Logan
Category:
Layout Lighting
The author describes how he made tiny holes in his layout's backdrop so that when the layout lighting is turned down, the backdrop looks like it has shining stars in it.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-09
Page:
40
Author:
Cody Grivno
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
The author shows how he made a convincing cornfield from a Busch kit.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-12
Page:
42
Author:
Don James
Category:
DCC
This article describes how the author installed a SoundTraxx Micro-Tsunami into an HO-scale Atlas S-2 engine. Includes speaker and capacitor installation. Lights are also discussed. There is a side-bar on how to make printed-circuit-board bus bars
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-10
Page:
58
Author:
V.S. Roseman
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author uses photos of real stores to make effective signs, awnings, and window displays.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-08
Page:
97
Author:
Tom Bell
Category:
Structures
The author shares his technique for simulating a stucco wall texture, with some brick showing through.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2023 #123
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Building the Crowl General store and passenger station.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-06
Page:
105
Author:
Lionel Strang
Category:
Scenery - Mountains
The author decided to remove a section of his mountains to model a rock retaining wall, which includes two water drainage pipes that flow water. The describes the whole process and the article includes some construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-03
Page:
34
Author:
Richard Josselyn
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The article is about how George Selios is now seriously operating his layout. The author was charged with making the layout operable. In addition to fantastic photos, there is also a full track plan of the layout. Some changes had to be made to the layout to help its operators.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-09
Page:
68
Author:
Keith M. Kohlmann
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article describes how you can model brand new diesel engines being delivered.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-02
Page:
82
Author:
Bruce Goehmann
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
Provides a lot of detail about how to do overhead traction wiring, including the nomenclature. Includes prototype, detail, and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-08
Page:
83
Author:
Ewing H. Row
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author talks about how difficult it is to find good photos of the interior or roundhouses. The article describes how to build stall track pits using balsa wood. The text is accompanied by detailed photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-11
Page:
52
Author:
Bill Gill
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
The author describes how he customizes the Classic Metal Works pickup trucks. The models represent the way trucks would appear in 1950, which includes trucks that didn't change in appearance during WWII. He modeled a truck that picked up milk cans, one that delivers vegetables (shows how to model vegetables using clay), one that is used by the local telephone company, and modeling creates and bales of hay (for truck loads).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-09
Page:
82
Author:
Jim Providenza
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
Prototype and model photos accompany this article about how the author took two MDC tank car kits to create a model of this car. A parts list and brake rigging diagram are also included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-08
Page:
94
Author:
Lou Sassi
Category:
Freight Cars
Using the heat of a lightbulb to deform the sides of freight cars to represent damage.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-04
Page:
26
Author:
Terry Thompson
Category:
Passenger Cars
Adding various details to the a Branchline NYC coach.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-07
Page:
60
Author:
Michael Cartabiano
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Alco built 161 of these from 1956 to 1963. The author used a Model Power RS11 as the basis for his model. Article includes interior and exterior photos of the model.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2009-07
Page:
26
Author:
Byron Henderson
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he built benchwork extension to fit into an alcove in his client's model railroad room. The focus of this project was to design the track around the available structure kits. Includes a track plan and notes on how to operate that new area.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-02
Page:
50
Author:
Andy Schnur
Category:
Layouts
This large 22 x 24 feet layout models West Virginia in the summer of 1947. The article includes photos and the trackplan (which is quite interesting). A small sidebar is included about how the author scratchbuilt his large roundhouse.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-01
Page:
66
Author:
Whit Towers
Category:
Layouts
This 25-year old layout is built into a five-car garage and models the Sierra Nevada mountain range.
Magazine:
Narrow Gauge And Short Line Gazette 2007-01/02
Page:
50
Author:
Robert D. Bailey
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Scale drawings of a multi-purpose whistle stop.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-02
Page:
54
Author:
Erhard Baltrusch
Category:
Layouts
The Miniatur Wunderland in Hamburg Germany has been working hard on their American layout extension of their large exhibit. This article highlights some features of this freelanced layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-02
Page:
34
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Passenger Cars
Differences between Amfleet and Horizon fleet cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-03
Page:
71
Author:
Cody Grivno
Category:
Passenger Cars
This article offers suggestions for modeling the mail and express fleet in HO-scale. Includes many photos of the various cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-12
Page:
118
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
Model and prototype photos are part of this article on how to model a common steam-era oil hauler.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1978-06
Page:
42
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author describes how he built a jig for making lots of flat cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-08
Page:
46
Author:
Doug Geiger
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Taking several kits and constructing a modern factory building.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1980-03
Page:
94
Author:
Robert L. Halstrick
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author describes how he built his turntable. Includes lots of detailed drawings, and construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-09
Page:
80
Author:
Al Turner
Category:
Track
This step-by-step article covers how to build a functional turntable, as well as all the details a turntable bridge has. Includes many photos and drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-02
Page:
78
Author:
David A. Bontrager
Category:
Electronics
The author describes how he built an end-of-train device for his piggyback train. Includes construction photos and electronics schematic.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-04
Page:
74
Author:
William Hitchner
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article covers how the author built four Baldwin switchers, two DS 4-4-10, a VO 1000, and a DS 4-4-6. Scale drawings and detailed construction photos are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2010-11/12
Page:
105
Author:
Isaac Herrera
Category:
Structures - Homes
Step-by-step instructions on how to build this structure using card stock. Includes the scale printable pages needed for the structure.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-04
Page:
60
Author:
Jim Shaw
Category:
Layout Design
This 9' x 11' home office layout features two return loops, yet allows for easy access into the room's features and to the computer that is stored under the layout. The track plan includes a some yard and several sidings and spurs.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-12
Page:
90
Author:
Ed Steinberg
Category:
Industries
Creating industrial complexes that appear to have been added to over time. This can be done by combining a variety of structure kit types. Article includes examples from the real world, and step-by-step instructions on how the author build such a building.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-11
Page:
29
Author:
Mark Sowa
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author kitbashed a switch tower and a tool house kit by Bachmann into one cohesive structure. Model photos only.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-06
Page:
104
Author:
Sumner B. Besse
Category:
Structures - Trackside
How to model a working mail crane, used by passenger trains to quickly grab the local mail without slowing down or stopping.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-02
Page:
93
Author:
Bob Boudreau
Category:
Passenger Cars
Modeling a private car that could transport the owner's automobile. Includes a prototype photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-12
Page:
41
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
An interview-style article with lots of photos and a track plan of this huge, three-level layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2001-10
Page:
82
Author:
John Johnson
Category:
Scratchbuilding
Using aluminum foil from throw-away baking pans to make angle-iron stock.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-01
Page:
145
Author:
Lionel Strang
Category:
Scenery - Lights
Building a flickering light simulating a campfire.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-08
Page:
84
Author:
Tom Bailey
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author will describe in this multi-part article how he converted a Mantua (Tyco) Mikado into this model. Includes prototype and model photos, and historical scale drawings. This installment covers the mechanism, boiler, cab, tender, and boiler jacket.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-09
Page:
90
Author:
Tom Bailey
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author takes you through steps of building a specific steam locomotive. Includes a sidebar on the Ann Arbor steam power.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-12
Page:
58
Author:
Craig Wilson
Category:
Layouts
This large layout (33' x 29') is rich in operations and allows for many close-up shots of Arnt Gerritsen's model railroad.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-07
Page:
76
Author:
Thomas E. Bailey
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author describes how he took an old English Mikado and converted it into a NYC Mikado.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-12
Page:
116
Author:
Tom Busack
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
This article discusses the history and how to model the Pennsylvania Railroad E6 4-4-2. Article includes prototype photos, model photos, construction detail photos, and parts list. The author started with the Bowser E6 kit. He built both a 1914 and a 1920s version.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #115
Page:
21
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Champ Decals and John Frantz have produced decals for these symbols (John's might be available in scales other than HO upon request). It is a short article with several steam locomotive models shown.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #039
Page:
8
Author:
Ron Hoess
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Prototype photo of the interior of the tower. Modeling the switch levers and their cabinet, track diagram, and the completed interior detailing.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-06
Page:
64
Author:
James Benini
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how he scratchbuilt a car dealership that has lots of curved walls. Includes drawings and a materials list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-03
Page:
114
Author:
Howard R. Lloyd
Category:
Layouts
Boats, ship building facility
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-12
Page:
162
Author:
Marty McGuirk
Category:
Painting & Weathering
Jim Hediger used reflective tape to model accurate reflective safety stripes on his S4 switcher. Also covered is how to remove tarnish from brass models.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2001-09
Page:
18
Author:
David G. Casdorph
Category:
Product Review
The author reviews the products, and includes a bit of prototype information, including two prototype photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #108
Page:
8
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Locomotives - SD40
After covering the prototype history of these PRR engines, the author reviews the Athearn model released in 2018. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-10
Page:
108
Author:
Tom Busack
Category:
Locomotives - SD40-2
The article covers how to convert the Athearn SD40-2 model into a SD38-2, a GP40X, a SD45-2, and a GP50. Includes model photos and cutting diagrams for each of those models.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-12
Page:
67
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author repaints and decorates an Atlas 3,500cuft cylindrical hopper, and applies some weathering to match a prototype photo he found.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-03
Page:
76
Author:
W. Allen McClelland
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author shortened Athearn's 85-foot flat car to 75 feet to make his V&O TOFC piggyback flat car. Includes one prototype and several model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-02
Page:
32
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he scratchbuilt a structure and a scene showing a gravel producer, based on prototype magazine articles. Includes model photos, drawings, materials list, and references used.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-09
Page:
80
Author:
Bob Hayden
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The article has photos and diagrams for a steel-wheeled baggage wagon, two-wheeler with ramp, two-wheeler with rollers, and a "modern" baggage wagon. Includes prototype photos and a description of how to build them.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-11
Page:
114
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-08
Page:
46
Author:
Lester Jordan, Jr.
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This article contains scale drawings, and close-up and diorama photos of C.E. Barrett's mill in Smethport, PA. The article describes how the author did the research, constructed the walls, applied aging and weathering, and discusses interior bracing, the foundation, the trim, and roofing.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
104
Author:
Edward C. Steinberg
Category:
Cabooses
Using a cut-down ATSF Athearn caboose, the author built a DLE&W transfer caboose. Includes only model photos.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-01
Page:
57
Author:
Kevin Packard
Category:
Electronics
The author describes what it takes to be able use Ring Engineering's RailPro and have the engines being powered by an onboard battery. RailPro does not natively support battery-powered engines, so the author offers a workable custom solution that can be copied, especially if one models in HO-scale, where internal space is at a premium. Charging is done via a plug in the removable hatch.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2003-03
Page:
29
Author:
Andy Barber
Category:
Layouts
A double-deck, two-track helix layout. Scratchbuilt bridge photos, other model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-09
Page:
58
Author:
Lee Vande Visse
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author describes some ideas on how to weather maintenance-of-way equipment, covering cracked and chipped paint with rubber cement.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-02
Page:
74
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Andy and Dave Frary visit George Selios' layout again to show the new expansion he has added. Includes many large photos, and a full track plan of the layout with the completed section and the planned further expansion.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2000-11/12
Page:
55
Author:
Andy Lester
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he built a Norfolk Southern and a Southern GP30 using Like-Like Proto 2000 GP30 engines as their base. Includes prototype and modeling photos, as well as a parts lists for building these.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-11
Page:
81
Author:
Jeff Paston
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment covers the beginning of the construction of the RMC project layout. It is a U-shaped layout of 10 by 12 feet. The article covers building the framework, the legs, the layout surface, and how to install leg levelers.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2023-06
Page:
47
Author:
Doug Dyer
Category:
Electronics
How to fix pickup issues with the older Kato SD40-2 engines.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-02
Page:
62
Author:
Howard Scodras
Category:
Layouts
A small shelf layout can still make big-city railroading possible. Shows the author's arrangement to allow the layout and the workbench to co-exist in the same small room. Includes a sidebar on how to make switching between DC and DCC on the layout a breeze.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-01
Page:
66
Author:
Paul J. Dolkos
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Bill's previous layout appeared in the Great Model Railroads 2000 magazine, but it was dismantled after that due to a move. The new layout is based on the same ideas. The author describes how Bill was able to get the new 35'x50', around-the-walls layout up and running in three years.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-04
Page:
17
Author:
Rich Picariello
Category:
MRR Product Review
Review includes constructing this kit that represents a small-town's restaurant.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #008
Page:
31
Author:
Bruce Smith
Category:
Locomotives - 4-8-2
After an extensive introduction to the history of this PRR engine, the author reviews the details of the BLI model.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #007
Page:
22
Author:
Bruce Smith
Category:
Product Review
Some prototype information and a review of the HO-scale Broadway Limited model.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #114
Page:
28
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
The author shares how he fixed a problem he found with all of his models.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #112
Page:
6
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
The author reviews whether or not some GG1 engines has aluminum surrounds on the side cab windows, and handrails and steps were black instead of body color.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-01
Page:
130
Author:
David A. Bontrager
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The article includes prototype photos and many modeling details to build a replica of this locomotive with a Rail Power Products' body shell.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-12
Page:
110
Author:
Derek Duncan
Category:
Layout Design
The author covers how he started designing his 24"x24" garage layout. Includes detailed track plans, and a sidebar on a vertical transfer table.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 2000-01
Page:
8
Author:
Brian Kreimendahl
Category:
Freight Car Loads
Container trailers used on flat cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-01
Page:
118
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-06
Page:
34
Author:
John Parker
Category:
Layouts
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-01
Page:
60
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author gives the history and describes how he built the model of Jim Law's house; he was the foreman for the Yosemite Valley RR and bought the Yosemite Lumber Company's superintendent's house for $1 when the logging company closed its doors. Includes scale drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-11
Page:
36
Author:
Bob Frankrone
Category:
Layouts
A fictitious railroad resulting from the merger of the L&N, Soo Line, and Southern railroads. Very nice roundhouse and turntable setup.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-06
Page:
84
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Layouts
A couple of close-up photos of this layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-01
Page:
36
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This interview-style article covers how the owner got into model railroading, and how he built his 26'x30' layout. Includes photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2017-03
Page:
38
Author:
Dr. Geoff Bunza
Category:
Animated
The author describes how he built a motorized, lit barber shop pole. Includes plenty of construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-04
Page:
77
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Model photo and scale drawing of a simple structure.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-12
Page:
107
Author:
Ken Robbins
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Accompanied by the finished model photos, the article describes how the author built this model almost completely from scratch.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2015 #094
Page:
7
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author does a critical review of the Bowser model after providing a brief history of the prototype engine. The article includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1994-08
Page:
34
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This is an advertisement for Bowser's PRR X31, but it contains some prototype information and a prototype photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-01
Page:
60
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layout Construction
In 2002 Model Railroader ran a series of articles building a 4x8 foot layout. This series of articles will add a 2' x 6' extension to that layout. However, the article includes diagrams of how just using this branch line module only, one could have operations.This installment covers the trackplan, the benchwork construction, and using foam to build the scenery foundation.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-03
Page:
79
Author:
Alex Walker
Category:
Structures - Bridges
Railroads used bridges over roads as advertising billboards. The author describes how he models them.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-03
Page:
88
Author:
Bob Winterton
Category:
Structures - Bridges
The author describes the bridges he built for this layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2023-02
Page:
61
Author:
Jeff Johnston
Category:
Locomotives - 2-6-2T
The author describes the changes he made to an old NWSL locomotive. Includes many construction photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #109
Page:
8
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
After covering the prototype of this engine, the author digs deep into evaluating the model. Includes many prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-07
Page:
16
Author:
Rich Picariello
Category:
MRR Product Review
The article includes a bit of history, model features, and review of the performance and accuracy of the sound-equipped model. Includes one model photo.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2017 #099
Page:
7
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
This article provides the history on these two coaches, the history of these models in HO-scale, and then a review of the BLI models. Includes many close-up photos, and hints to improve the cars' running abilities.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #116
Page:
26
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
A product review of these models released in 2020.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #111
Page:
7
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
New tooling are part of this run that makes it different from their 2003 run. Thorough review with plenty of photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #116
Page:
21
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
A review of the 2021 version of the Broadway Limited Imports GG1 model with drop-coupler pilots.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-05
Page:
84
Author:
George Riley
Category:
Product Review
After an introduction of the prototype PRR engine, the author favorably reviews the detail and operation of this engine.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2003 #002
Page:
12
Author:
Bruce F. Smith
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
Although I normally don't list product reviews on these pages, this article covers the history of the prototype, modifications made to the prototype over its long history, and goes into great depth of the electronics in this model.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-04
Page:
16
Author:
Rich Picariello
Category:
MRR Product Review
Prototype history, model features, and model review.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-10
Page:
42
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
An interview-style article with the owner of the layout, interspersed with many layout photos.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 61 #4 2016
Page:
5
Author:
Riley Triggs
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Extras:
Visiting this 3,700 sqft layout in Cornville, Arizona (near Sedona) comes highly recommended.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-10
Page:
74
Author:
Brad E. Smith
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
This article describes how to build a three-domed "old-timer" tank car. The tank is only just under 28 feet long, so it requires quite a bit of kitbashing to build this model. Article includes detail diagrams and one model photo; no prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-11
Page:
94
Author:
David Karkoski
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The model provides water for an engine servicing facility. It is scratchbuilt from basswood and styrene castings. The article is a step-by-step photo guide.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-08
Page:
84
Author:
Dean Foster
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
For transporting lumber.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-10
Page:
73
Author:
Ed Steinberg
Category:
Structures - Industrial
After a brief explanation of this type of plant, the author provides step-by-step directions on how to build one of these.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-09
Page:
102
Author:
Jackie McNeil
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes this engine, and how it was modeled using the photoetching technique, to be able to build more than one of them. The motor is the NWSL PDT. Includes prototype photos, many model photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
S Gauge Herald 1987-04/05
Page:
24
Author:
Frank Andrews
Category:
Locomotives - GP8
The author describes how he built a GP8 from a pair of GP9 bodies.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-09
Page:
36
Author:
Ken Larsen
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
Prototype, modeling, and construction photos. Includes a scale drawing.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-01
Page:
86
Author:
John Swanson
Category:
Freight Cars - Stock Cars
Detailing a Matua model to create a 1929 stock car. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1994-08
Page:
78
Author:
Robert Paisley
Category:
Electronics
The author describes how he built a gondola and the electronics to measure the distance the car has traveled, which can be used to determine how long the layout's track is.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
108
Author:
Walter R. Olsen
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author shows how he built a strip-center style of structure which houses several individual stores. Includes construction and final installation photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-01
Page:
88
Author:
Jon Greggs
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Includes prototype photo, model photos, scale drawing, and building instructions. Made using styrene.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2001-05
Page:
38
Author:
Bob Whiting
Category:
Tools
Extras:
The author describes a board with track on it used to construct a dynamometer using an Ohaus Dial-type spring scale.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-12
Page:
48
Author:
Matt Snell
Category:
Freight Car Loads
This detailed article shows how to model a steel I-beam load for a bulkhead flat car.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-12
Page:
94
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Using DPM modular wall sections, the author built this small-town depot. Using these wall sections, it is possible to build a number of structures that have the same family "line", while not all being the same.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
59
Author:
Julian Cavalier
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author describes how he built a small substation that provides electricity to a small town or large factory complex using an Atlas signal tower kit (significantly kitbashed, of course).
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1980-10
Page:
86
Author:
Rick Johnson
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Using two 40-foot Athearn flat cars, the author kitbashed this 54-foot flat car, including adding many details. The second half of the article covers how he built the transformer loads. Also includes prototype photos and scaled drawings of a Soo Line depressed-center flat car with transformer loads.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
122
Author:
Bob Fingerle
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
In addition to the brief history of the engine modeled, the article describes how the author used a Athearn SW7 and an SW1500 body cast to build this model. Includes several diagrams, close-up photos, and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-02
Page:
70
Author:
Al Boos
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
Using parts for military tank kits in other scales, the author describes how he make an HO- and an O-scale model of the steam shovels. Includes lots of model photos and drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-08
Page:
59
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author details how he built a model of this structure located in Ventura County. Includes prototype, model, and construction photos, as well as scale drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-03
Page:
64
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author describes how he built a 218-foot refinery tower that is carried on five flat cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-07
Page:
82
Author:
Bruce Petty
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The author describes how he built the train order delivery stand out of brass material. Includes a model and a prototype photo, detail drawings, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-08
Page:
52
Author:
Wayne Roderick
Category:
Modules
This article describes a module the author built that allows members of the club to walk in and out of the layout by lifting up a bridge. The module's construction is key to be able to maintain the stability of the whole layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-07
Page:
84
Author:
Jim Ferenc
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Using a PVC pipe, a 1" auger bit, and a windshield wiper motor, the author shows how he built a model that actually loads coal into awaiting hoppers.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-08
Page:
84
Author:
Jim Ferenc
Category:
Track
The author wanted to simulate the effort required to weigh each car coming from a mine, so he built this working track scale. After explaining how it works, he describes the mechanism, building the Linear Variable Displacement Transformer, building the electronic circuit, testing the system, building the track and the track approach, and finalizing the details. Includes model photos, mechanical design diagrams, circuit schematic and circuit board layout diagrams, the track work details diagram, and the mechanical, electrical, and track work parts lists.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-07
Page:
58
Author:
Jim Ferenc
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
A detailed article on how the author built a coaling tower modeled after the steel tower that the Colorado & Southern built in 1946 at its Rice Yard engine terminal in Denver, Colorado. It has animated coaling chutes to simulate the flow of coal into the steam engines' tender over two tracks. Includes many close-up photos of construction details and a scaled drawing. The animation is done using Hankscraft slow-motion switch machines.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-05
Page:
20
Author:
Bama Harman
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author built a Pine Valley Branchline Water Tank kit to animate the spout using a Tortoise switch machine. The article includes photos and diagrams that show how to set up the linkages to get a realistic movement.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1992-02
Page:
86
Author:
Richard Ivins
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author describes how he used six small DPM kits to build this impressive city terminal building.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-05
Page:
101
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Track
The author improved the Micro-Mark transparent inspection car by adding couplers, using representative trucks, adding weight, and cementing small line levels (both directions).
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-12
Page:
72
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - NW2
At the time of this article there were no NW2 models available in HO-scale, so the author describes how he built one starting with an Athearn SW1500. The article includes many prototype photos, scale drawings, and detailed photos of various construction close-ups.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-01
Page:
84
Author:
Erik Bergstrom
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author modified and custom-painted this engine for the Kalmbach employee club layout. Topics includes cab details, body preparations, spray painting, applying lettering, pilot details, assembly, and weathering with powdered pastels. Includes a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-12
Page:
98
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Artz Lumber combines three Atlas 750s and an AHM no. 15303 American farmhouse kit for the office and as storage for the hardware and other "goodies" lumberyards sell.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-07
Page:
72
Author:
Lou Sassi
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The 19 by 33 foot Moose River Valley RR by Peter Eaton features a lot of switching, with three yards and many industries. The layout lasted 30 years, and was torn down in 2001, so that Peter could focus on building has large scale garden layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-12
Page:
129
Author:
Franz Martin
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Starting with a center-flow hopper kit, the author builds this unique car.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-01
Page:
50
Author:
Dave Methlie
Category:
Layout Construction
The author is a professional layout builder, and will cover the construction of this layout. This installment covers the table top frame and its legs.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-02
Page:
58
Author:
Dave Methlie
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment covers laying the track and installing the wiring of this layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-03
Page:
88
Author:
Dave Methlie
Category:
Layout Construction
In this installment the author covers grass, rocks, and roads. Topics included are adding a stream and bridge, building a tunnel, filling up scenery areas with chunks of foam, creating roads, varnishing the layout's fascia, creating rocks from molds, and placing ground cover.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-09
Page:
56
Author:
David Barrow
Category:
Layout Construction
David introduces his "domino" layout design, a modular design that makes each module 18" by 48". The focus of the his layout design is operations, and the track plan included is an L-shaped layout with lots of switching opportunity in a relatively small space. The article covers the complete construction of one such domino with lots of diagrams, construction photos, and a materials list. Roadbed installation is also covered.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-07
Page:
68
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
This installment covers building a three-dome tank car. Includes prototype and scale photos, and detail drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-07
Page:
76
Author:
Peter Pemberton
Category:
Electronics
This article shows how, using some commercial parts, the author built the signal's head assembly, mast, electronics, and layout installation.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #075
Page:
13
Author:
Ed Swain
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author describes how he built the Merchandise Service kit, with many construction photos. Prototype photos are also included.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-06
Page:
27
Author:
Cyril Durrenberger
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Changing a kit into a prototypically-correct model.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #1
Page:
3
Author:
Dennis Eggert
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This installment covers the M&StL box cars that the C&NW received after the acquisition. Includes model and prototype photos, as well as drawings. The author continues by showing the construction of Red Caboose's 1937 AAR Standard box cars.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #2
Page:
10
Author:
Dennis Eggert
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This installment covers modeling former Chicago Great Western cars, which were acquired after 1968. Includes drawings, prototype photos, and a step-by-step guide to building the Kadee PS1 cars used to model these cars.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #3
Page:
4
Author:
Dennis Eggert
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This article is about modeling original C&NW and CStPM&O welded PS-1 cars. Includes diagrams and photos of prototype and model cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-09
Page:
82
Author:
Andrew Castle
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Kitbash the EMD SDL39. Includes how to kitbash from parts of other locomotives and a side bar on the prototype SDL39.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-09
Page:
88
Author:
Charles C. Purin
Category:
Cabooses
How to scratchbuild a caboose. Includes construction photos, drawings and materials list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-02
Page:
66
Author:
Al Turner
Category:
Cabooses
This article describes how to scratchbuild a 17-foot D&RGW caboose. Includes prototype and model photos, construction photos, parts list, and detailed and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-06
Page:
78
Author:
Richard L. Stoving
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
In this final installment the author completes the construction and attaching the details, and painting and applying decals. Includes diagrams of boiler piping and detail locations.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-11
Page:
75
Author:
Patrick Tillery
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author built these cars using Atlas Trainman AAR 70-ton hoppers. He has found that to be the most economical method to build a large fleet of these cars. Includes prototype and model photos, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-10
Page:
54
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Layout Construction
Choosing a theme, benchwork, backdrop, building hills, roadbed, painting the sky, distant hills, laying track, highway overpass, paving highways, coloring rock castings, culverts.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-02
Page:
75
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
Construction and final model photo accompany the article. This issue starts off with the hull completed.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-02
Page:
88
Author:
David Leider
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
This articles describes how to scratchbuild a station lamp that fits the 1920s or later as it was found at the Soo Line Waupaca, Wisconsin station.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-11
Page:
112
Author:
Wayne Wesolowski
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author describes how he built a decrepit structure. Even though the model is of a depot, modeling any run-down structure using his methods is possible.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-07
Page:
48
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Track
Laying the outer rails and some of the frogs.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-11
Page:
34
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Track
This installment covers the throw bar design, the inner point design, and the outer frog guard rail design. Includes many close-up photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
117
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layout Construction
The objective of this project was to build an HO-scale layout that uses only simple construction techniques, no messy materials, no power tools, lightweight materials, and all materials must be transportable in a small car. This installment covers the construction of the table, the "legs", and installing Unitrak track.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #110
Page:
9
Author:
Steve Hoxie
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author describes his process for building this kit. Includes construction and finished photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-01
Page:
141
Author:
Lionel Strang
Category:
Scenery - Lights
A lamppost design that can take a beating.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-02
Page:
76
Author:
Chuck Diljak
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This article covers adding a ventilation house to a coal mine scene. Includes prototype photos of the interior and exterior of the structure, as well as scale drawings and some construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-03
Page:
72
Author:
Chuck Diljak
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers the construction of the air way and air lock, which the author built out of modified DPM wall sections. The article includes scaled profile drawings, construction photos, and one prototype photo.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-09
Page:
31
Author:
Tom Peterson
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Flat car open loads. Prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-08
Page:
38
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
Structures - Bridges
The author built a diorama focused on a bridge crossing a creek in an area where he hung out when he was young. Today it is covered with graffiti, which he also modeled. Diorama construction photos and bridge scale drawings are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-03
Page:
68
Author:
Doug Geiger
Category:
Automobiles
Includes prototype, model, and some construction photos, scale drawings, and parts list to build an HO-scale model.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2023-01
Page:
67
Author:
Caldwell Butler
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-0
The author modifies a Bachmann Spectrum 2-8-0 for his freelance layout. Includes many construction photos, with a sidebar on how to paint on a balcony
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2016-08
Page:
56
Author:
George Dutka
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
Taking a leftover box car bodies, the author builds a B&M Carman's yard shanty, and a Central Vermont Ry line side tool house. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-09
Page:
72
Author:
Bill Darnaby
Category:
Structures - Bridges
The author uses foam board for his layout's construction, so this article describes how he fit a bridge into the scenery. The result is very convincing.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1974-02
Page:
48
Author:
Doug Leffler
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Prototype and model photos, scale drawings, and construction details accompany this article about how to build this simple structure.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-04
Page:
90
Author:
Allan N. Houghton
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author goes through the steps in which he builds a scale complete with divergent rails.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #115
Page:
27
Author:
Eric Hansmann
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
After providing a bit of prototype history on these cars, the author describes the process of building the Westerfield kit.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-11
Page:
74
Author:
Al Turner
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he scratchbuilt this model out of styrene. Includes model photos, detail drawings, and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-01
Page:
59
Author:
Mike Chandler
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author describes how he built this working train order signal. It is a model of a unit that is not attached to the structure itself. It uses two Tortoise machines to operate the two blades. Construction photos and diagrams are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-06
Page:
52
Author:
James Regier
Category:
Electronics
Using an Arduino Nano, the author tests a design created by Brian Krupicka, which offers many configuration options and may be cheaper than commercial speedometers. Includes example installation photos, and a full schematic.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-09
Page:
58
Author:
Michael Tylick
Category:
Layout Construction
The author introduces the standard for HO-scale module construction. The article introduces the F&S Junction 2x4-foot module. Includes photos, a trackplan of the module, a sidebar on the module construction standard, and diagrams for creating handlaid turnouts and slide switch turnout control.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-05
Page:
53
Author:
Julian Cavalier
Category:
Automobiles
Prototype and model photos of a Ford Model T that was converted into an inspection car. The HO-scale model construction is documented with the parts used to create this model.
Magazine:
S Scale Resource 2021-02/03
Page:
18
Author:
Trevor Gibbs
Category:
Layout Design
The author covers layout design in the simple double-track oval layout and the operating potentials it offers.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1982-12
Page:
71
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Structures - Bridges
The author describes in both text and accompanying photos how he build a stone arched bridge.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-12
Page:
140
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Scenery - Mountains
Simple, step-by-step procedure for building realistic bluffs to cover the area between two tracks at different elevations.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-11
Page:
120
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
Using a plywood mold, build 1920s-looking bridge abutments from plaster. Includes how to build the abutment wings and piers using plaster also.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-04
Page:
51
Author:
Jeff Johnston
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Creating blocks of wood which are then covered with scale strip wood, door and roof treatments. Simple and effective. Includes step-by-step photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-01
Page:
53
Author:
John Brown
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author describes how he built this platform used to service engines. Includes materials list, and prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-11
Page:
74
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Using Atlas and MDC kits, model an ex-PC ballast car. Model and construction photos. Big article!
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-12
Page:
74
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author describes building Penn Central and Conrail H34C cars from Atlas and MDC models. Includes a prototype photo and several model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-02
Page:
66
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
In this installment of the series the author covers the Conrail CC71B class #53858 and MGA (Monongahela Railroad) X-430 cars. Both are based on the Eastern Car Works flat kit. Prototype photos are included, including an inside view of one of the cars.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-06
Page:
60
Author:
Paul Caparatta
Category:
Track
After explaining the benefits of a curved turnout, the author describes the design of a curved turnout, how to build it, how to build a wye, staggered switchpoints, and how curved turnouts are used in the real world. Includes several model photos, and lots of diagrams.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-08
Page:
100
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
This article describes how to model a building that is in the process of being demolished. This shows the interior of the structure, as well as walls half broken down. Included is a description of how to model the rubble that forms around the area.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #108
Page:
24
Author:
Bob Chapman
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
After covering prototype information, the author shares how he built the Funaro & Camerlengo hopper kit.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1992-02
Page:
61
Author:
Philip V. Chiavetta
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Using window screening material, the author describes how to tease out the vertical wires, which are then used as the vertical railings of each fire escape platform. Creative designs are possible and he shows how to do that in the accompanying photos. Also includes several prototype photos of examples.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-06
Page:
74
Author:
Don Cassler
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
The author describes how to mimic forest-covered mountains using lichen held in place by toothpicks. It is more of an overall effect rather than a foreground solution.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1982-11
Page:
76
Author:
Jim Allen
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author uses parts from military model kits to form industrial parts for his heavy industry. He shows several examples, which include the kits from which the parts came.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-08
Page:
49
Author:
David J. Leider
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Construction of a landmark mill near Prairie View, Illinois includes scale drawings, prototype and model construction photos, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-01
Page:
92
Author:
Bruce Roosa
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The diorama is centered around the operation of coal mining operation. It includes moving trucks, loads, and track for some switching work.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-07
Page:
87
Author:
James C. Smith
Category:
Electronics
In addition to showing you how to build the structure, the author also describes in detail how to wire the LEDs, and install the signals on the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-11
Page:
18
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author decides to re-build one of his layout's structures that he built several decades earlier. He starts off with the research he did, used modern technology for the windows and other parts, made templates for the building's sides, and then shows how he constructed the building, with full interior. Also includes scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-06
Page:
82
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Layout Construction
The trackplan for this layout, which was presented in the October 1995 issue, is now being implemented. Construction details as well as final layout photos accompany the article. The entire front fascia of this layout functions are the control panel.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-04
Page:
40
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how he modeled a space in between two building where a building once stood, showing debris and partial remains.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-02
Page:
80
Author:
Malcolm Furlow
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment covers creating the scenery, bridge construction (detail drawings show how to build a deck girder bridge under curved track), construction of the upper level, building the wharf, and construction the backdrops (including curves). Close-up photos of Malcolm's beautiful work are, of course, included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-03
Page:
92
Author:
Malcolm Furlow
Category:
Layout Construction
This part discusses building bridges, structures, installing water, and fascias.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-01
Page:
80
Author:
Malcolm Furlow
Category:
Layout Construction
This 7'9" by 7'9" layout features a simple trackplan, yet very interesting and involved scenery. The author starts a series of articles on how to build this L-shaped layout, without damaging the home's walls. Full drawings of the benchwork are included, trackwork is started (a simple figure-8), control panel designed, and wiring.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-12
Page:
136
Author:
Martin C. Oetting
Category:
Layout Construction
Building a simple 4'x8' starter layout. This installment covers the styrofoam base, track, roadbed, and wiring.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-12
Page:
122
Author:
Eric Lundberg
Category:
Layout Construction
Building a starter 4x8 layout for less than $300 (1984) dollars. Includes benchwork construction, track parts, structures, laying track, ballasting, installing electronics, and scenery work.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-12
Page:
98
Author:
Wayne Wesolowski
Category:
Layout Construction
A 4x8 layout built by the entire family. The article shows diagrams of the benchwork, scenery forms, and block wiring.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #2
Page:
3
Author:
Ron Christensen
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
In this photo essay, the author shows the changes he made to the Walthers City Station #933-2904 to make it look like the Tama Depot.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2008 #061
Page:
16
Author:
Bruce F. Smith
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
The author describes how he built this model using a Funaro and Camerlengo model. Includes only model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-02
Page:
78
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layout Construction
Laying track and building foam hills.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-03
Page:
80
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment shows how to add bridges, forests, rocks, and rivers.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-07
Page:
68
Author:
Dick McEvoy
Category:
Track
The author takes the reader through the process of building a turnout from scratch. Included are charts with terminology, template layout, how to file the frog, tools and materials used, and some handy homemade jigs.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-08
Page:
64
Author:
Steve Sint
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Describes how the author built the Fos Scale Limited structure.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-05
Page:
82
Author:
Paul J. Dolkos
Category:
Passenger Cars
Although the subject is a Barre & Chelsea RR wood combine, the article is not a step-by-step how-to article about how to build this particular car, but rather a general one about how the author builds wooden passenger cars using styrene. Includes model and prototype photos, a construction detail diagram, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-10
Page:
100
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
These buildings were used to transfer goods between truck and freight cars. The article describes how the author built his model, and it includes prototype photos, scaled drawings, and construction drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-06
Page:
100
Author:
Paul J. Dolkos
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This article includes prototype photos and full description of the variety of oil depots. An HO-scale model is shown in one photo, but only suggestions are provided for how to model it.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-01
Page:
54
Author:
Paul Scoles
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The layout measures 30 feet by 33 feet and is set in 1973. It is an around-the-wall layout with a large L-shape peninsula. It also has sections that are double-decked..
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-03
Page:
76
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Scale drawings and several model photos accompany this article about how the author built a structure he saw for only about 5 to 10 seconds.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-03
Page:
90
Author:
David Petty
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Building a feed mill based on a photo taken three weeks before the building burned down to the ground. An interesting structure. The article contains scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
54
Author:
Richard Francaviglia
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
A 4x6 layout modeling Cumberland & Ohio functioning as a bridge route for the Chesapeake & Ohio. It shows what can be done in a small area. Includes a track plan and several close-up photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-07
Page:
78
Author:
Ted York
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
This how-to article shows, via photos, how the author modeled clear shallow water flowing under a railroad bridge using EnviroTex epoxy and Mod Podge medium.
Magazine:
S Scale Resource 2020-04/05
Page:
13
Author:
Trevor Gibbs
Category:
Tools
Although the author models in HO-scale, this article shows how to calculate your train's speed, in both HO- and S-scale.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-02
Page:
80
Author:
Stafford Swain
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
This article covers the GTW and PGE cars, including prototype photos, car information, scale drawings, and how one might model these in HO-scale.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-05
Page:
132
Author:
Ed David
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author painted a SW1500 in the livery that uses the state flag.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-03
Page:
110
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Freight Cars
The author takes the beginner through the process of building freight car kits from several popular manufacturers. He also covers building and installing couplers.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-07
Page:
68
Author:
Allan N. Houghton
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Drawings and model photos accompany this article covering how to model a coal dump, an ashpit, a tool rack, a wash stand, a roundhouse, and a hydrant house. The text covers the water supply, fuel supply, ashes and washing, sand supply, turning engines, the roundhouse, lube supplies, and fire protection.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-06
Page:
37
Author:
Tom Johnson
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author describes how he converted his existing layout from a summer setting to an autumn setting. Includes a sidebar on the author's move to Florida and how that impacted his layout design (includes the track plan).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-09
Page:
60
Author:
Victor Hand
Category:
Structures - Tunnels
The author describes how he used PVC pipe and styrene to cast and model the tunnel interior, which is going to be visible on his layout. He describes how he got the PVC to curve slightly. Tunnel portals are by Pre-Size Model Specialties.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-08
Page:
72
Author:
Don Ball Jr.
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author wanted a number of 29-foot identical flat cars that were not commercially available, so he built a master, made the two-part mold, and made several castings. Includes a sidebar on how to make removable loads using magnets.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-03
Page:
70
Author:
Stephen M. Priest
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how made an odd-shaped unloading dock using Woodland Scenics plaster.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1974-02
Page:
29
Author:
Jim Paine
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
In this article the author describes how he cast walls for his roundhouse using plaster. From the description it seems like a fairly straight-forward method. He covers simulating concrete walls, brick walls, and stone walls. Scale diagrams for the roundhouse walls are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1997-01
Page:
69
Author:
Don Weixl
Category:
Structures - Bridges
How to make your own retaining walls, bridge piers, abutments, and tunnel portals.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1992-05
Page:
24
Author:
Robert L. Hundman
Category:
Freight Cars - Stock Cars
The author explains why the progress on these cars has been slow. He is building three of them at a time from scratch. The article is basically a photo essay, and it shows the final work to be done on the car, as well as finishing it.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-02
Page:
64
Author:
Mike Spoor
Co-author:
Dwayne Easterling
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The authors talk about how Mike raised the roof of his townhouse to be able to add a new floor for his layout. The layout has expanded over the years. Includes a track plan of the layout at that time (the layout has been expanded since then).
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1976-11
Page:
80
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The gray weather-beaten building from which this model was built stands in Slatington, Pa. It's more than a century old. Includes model photos, scaled drawings, and a description of how the author built the structure, including how to get that weather-beaten look.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-05
Page:
115
Author:
Jeff English
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
The author describes how he modified the Tichy tank car kit to model one of this size. The article also includes some prototype information, which was not easy to acquire.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 9, #2
Page:
14
Author:
Gregor Moe
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author modeled this car using a Walthers Mainline X29 model. Includes one prototype photo and several completed-model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-06
Page:
80
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Freight Car Loads
This article is about loads that can be modeled for gondolas and flat cars, and how to realistically tie them down to the car. Specific examples mentioned are construction vehicles, steel pipes, and military vehicles.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1976-09
Page:
46
Author:
David S. Busch
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built a lumber mill facility based on one in western Massachusetts. Includes prototype photos, model photos, scaled drawings, and detail drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-02
Page:
143
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - SD40-2
Installing details and painting this Athearn model. Includes prototype and model photos as well as a detailing parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-12
Page:
124
Author:
Martin C. Oetting
Category:
Model Railroads and People
This article reviews some of the popular HO-scale trainsets available in 1985.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #037
Page:
18
Author:
Doug Kisala
Category:
Passenger Cars
The Funaro and Camerlengo company released an electrified version of the MP54 electric coaches, but the author converted it to be of use by steam engines. The article includes modification photos, a bill of materials, and references.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2004-10
Page:
81
Author:
Don James
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype and modeling photos. Includes installation of Sountraxx decoder and speaker.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2004-10
Page:
76
Author:
Robert E. Bennett
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype and modeling photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-08
Page:
86
Author:
various authors
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
This is a 5'x22' layout which fits along one wall of the garage has become a family project.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-04
Page:
52
Author:
Mike Chandler
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
This article covers how the author built a Canadian Northern Railway engine foreman's office typically found near a roundhouse. Includes a prototype photo, several model photos, scale drawings, detail close-up drawings, and a bill of materials.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-02
Page:
28
Author:
Douglas Leffler
Category:
Cabooses
The author describes how he built this Canadian National Railways caboose from strip and sheet wood. Includes model and prototype photos, as well as construction detail drawings and scale drawings (including interior layout).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-02
Page:
33
Author:
Chuck Yungkurth
Category:
Structures - Trackside
In this installment of the series the author actually describes the construction of this structure as found in Sayre, Pennsylvania. Includes many construction photos and drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1973-09
Page:
29
Author:
Walter Olevsky
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author converted a gondola into a yard coal storage bin by cutting it in half, adding a fake bottom, and several details. Prototype and model photos included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-02
Page:
64
Author:
Dominic Bourgeois
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A retail coal dealer in rural New York. Includes prototype photos of the building upon which this model was based. Also includes scaled drawings. Construction is mostly text as model photos are only of the completed model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-09
Page:
40
Author:
William E. Botkin
Category:
Museums
This large article about the museum's layout, its history, and its construction describes this fantastic layout beautifully. It includes many photos, a two-page track plan (needed to cover the whole layout!), and a two-page overall photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-09
Page:
52
Author:
Bruce Erickson & George Bishop
Category:
Layouts
A large around-the-wall and peninsula design.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-03
Page:
104
Author:
Jeff Borne
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This 24' x 29' layout features large steel and nickel production plants. Photography by Bob Werre.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1973-05
Page:
29
Author:
Dean Freytag
Category:
Locomotives - Gas Electric
Dean built gas-electric combine ("Doodlebug") out of a passenger car body and Tyco Alco C-430 trucks.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
112
Author:
Edward C. Steinberg
Category:
Structures - Industrial
In addition to how feed mills work and what they do, the article includes prototype and model photos, and how the author build his complex using several kit structures.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-08
Page:
84
Author:
Gary Cane
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author photographed a dining car table setting using authentic china and silverware, and then use the computer to manipulate and print the photo. The print-out was then cut and glued to the tables of his HO-scale dining car. With interior lighting you can see that the tables are properly set.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 1996-09
Page:
22
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Category:
Locomotives - MP15DC
This is a product review of this model. Includes model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-01
Page:
54
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Structures
Modeling the pre-WWII asphalt sheets of faux-brick siding that was used on frame houses in the Northeast and Midwest. The article includes prototype and modeling photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-03
Page:
90
Author:
Dennis Lippert
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
After a brief history lesson, the author describes how he built these models using an Atlas model as a start. Includes one prototype photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-08
Page:
62
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Electronics
Using a few electronic components, the article describes how to install this into a locomotive.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #113
Page:
23
Author:
Ron Hoess
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
The author covers the purpose of this car, and then describes how he built the model using a PRR FM flat car, just like the prototype.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-12
Page:
92
Author:
Chuck Davis
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built a flashing warning light (LED) seen on top of water and radio towers. The model in the article is a Kober Models water tank. Includes the parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-10
Page:
38
Author:
Tom Johnson
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author builds a road on his layout, and then paints an extension of it onto the backdrop, to make it look like it continue on.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #073
Page:
8
Author:
Frank Duff
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The title says it all. Includes close-up model photos of detail parts, construction highlights, and DCC wiring.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #032
Page:
30
Author:
Bill Faith
Category:
Cabooses
The author describes the modifications he made to this model. Includes parts list, model photos, and how to make the round windows.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-05
Page:
85
Author:
Alex Reed
Category:
Locomotives - SD40
After some prototype information, the author describes how he took an Athearn model and super-detailed it and installed a DCC decoder and LEDs.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-01
Page:
103
Author:
Charles Derus
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author describes how he modeled this long car using two MDC No. 1280 undecorated 60-foot flat cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-04
Page:
121
Author:
Bruce Edgar
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Creating vertical levels to add depth to a city's look.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-02
Page:
81
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Painting & Weathering
Although building a freelanced model may seem easy, this article describes the author's issues he had to deal with trying to develop a realistic paint scheme for his engines. Several photos of unique prototype paint schemes (that influenced the author) are included.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #006
Author:
Garrett Rea
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The author describes how he built modeled the steel slabs in a Westerfield G22 gondola.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-04
Page:
83
Author:
Ron Morse
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
The author used foam blocks to build up the scene, etched the foam to simulate the erosion of the water of the waterfall, then poured thick plaster to represent the water, painted the water, and finally installed the surround scenery and the waterfall itself.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-08
Page:
53
Author:
Timothy Dudley
Category:
Layout Construction
How to deal with moving into a smaller space.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-08
Page:
34
Author:
Michael Harman
Category:
Layouts
Animation, water in warf, a side bar on a car brake for a siding.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 62 #4 2016
Page:
18
Author:
Ken Mason
Category:
Layout Construction
A progress report on the Crescent City Model Railroad Club's layout construction. Includes several layout photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-11
Page:
32
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
A model of the bandstand, typically found in the center of a small town, was scratchbuilt by the author. He built four of them and described how he modified his construction techniques to improve the models. Includes model photos, scale drawings, parts list, and some construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-08
Page:
54
Author:
J.C. Myer
Category:
Structures - Bridges
Building two bridges over a canyon on the layout. One is a stonearch cast-in-place bridge and the other a steel trestle one.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-04
Page:
52
Author:
Gil Freitag
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Photography by Bob Werre. Gil documents the history of his Stony Creek & Western layout. In addition to many photos, the article also includes a full track plan. Operations is very important on this 29'x51' layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2023-03
Page:
100
Author:
Michael Anteau
Category:
Scenery - Homes and Lots
The author shares what he has learned about making 2'x2'x4' bales of hay from scratch.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #037
Page:
33
Author:
Bruce F. Smith
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Includes the prototype history, followed by a description of the product review of the Crown Custom Imports model of this 74-foot 1931 boxcar.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-02
Page:
110
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Building two curved buildings to allow for curved track in between them. A prototype photo is included along with two model photos. Makes for great urban tight-quarter modeling.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-02
Page:
148
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Information about how to build and paint a Rail Power Products GE C32-8. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-06
Page:
100
Author:
Don Mitchell
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
Build your own ground-throw, high-level switchstand. Includes construction photos and a diagram.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1994-12
Page:
82
Author:
Bob Kosic
Category:
Dioramas
With the right backdrop, lighting, and photography equipment this small diorama looks like photos taken of the real world. Includes a sidebar on how the photos were taken.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-03
Page:
98
Author:
Mike Polsgrove
Category:
DCC
The author discusses what he had to do to install a Digitrax TF4 decoder in a caboose to gain a flashing amber roof-top beacon and red marker lights.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-10
Page:
101
Author:
Charles R. Smiley
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built a cannery with Design Preservation Models' modular wall system. Includes construction photos, detail drawings, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-03
Page:
96
Author:
Walt Muren
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
The author describes how he kitbashed a number of Mini Metals trucks to make them all unique. Includes construction photos and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-02
Page:
78
Author:
Don Fiehmann
Category:
DCC
This installment covers sound decoders and how to install them, including how to make a speaker box for a tender.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
90
Author:
Don Coppola
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
This is a 13'x17' layout around three of the four walls of a room, with two peninsulas. Includes several photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-07
Page:
68
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Painting & Weathering
This article describes how to model damage done to hoppers and gondolas working in and around steel mills and scrap yards.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-04
Page:
48
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Scenery
This article shows how to model Western U.S. scenery starting with a foam insulation board base, which is built up in several layers, adding rocks, painting the surface, adding rocks and foliage, and finally the track, ballast, and structures.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-08
Page:
74
Author:
Bill Darnaby
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes his design for a brick roundhouse where dummy stalls make it look imposing without taking too much real estate. Includes various diagrams for how one might design a roundhouse in limited space. Also included are model photos, construction photos, and construction diagrams.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-08
Page:
72
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes how to layout and design a turntable and roundhouse for your layout, how to construct the basic building, and how to add the surrounding details. Included are model and construction photos, detail drawings, and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 1990-07
Page:
12
Author:
Bob Lunde
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A 4'x8' layout was built using only DPM's structures as a showcase of the company's product line.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-01
Page:
63
Author:
Chuck Diljak
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Initially the author intended to just build a basic "box" to represent a hoist house, but upon further research decided to fully model one, including an interior. Many prototype photos (mostly of the interior) are included in the article. This installment focuses on the prototype information for such a structure.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-02
Page:
64
Author:
Chuck Diljak
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment describes the interior of the building, the wall construction, the foundation, floor, and machinery. Many construction and close-up photos are included, as well as scale drawings and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-03
Page:
68
Author:
Chuck Diljak
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment shows how the author built the roof trusses using jigs, and built the cupola and roof. Construction photos are included as well as drawings and a materials list.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #075
Page:
24
Author:
Todd Sullivan
Category:
Track
This article describes PRR tie spacing track standards, track center spacing, and how to model those standards. It is also a good general article on how to lay track (flex track). Also covers ballasting, painting, and detailing the track.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-01
Page:
78
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Automobiles
The author writes about how he super-detailed an Alloy Forms 1956 Chevy truck.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-11
Page:
73
Author:
Bill Gill
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
The author describes how he added details to the Classic Metal Works 1948 Ford "Woody" station wagon.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-06
Page:
47
Author:
Rob Sundberg
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Three Walthers boxcars are used to show how the author updated them with crossover platforms, coupler pockets, uncoupling levers, airhoses, brake lines, and replacing the trucks with the correct ones.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-05
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author modifies, super-details, and adds loads to older Lionel/Hobby Line quad hopper cars.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-08
Page:
68
Author:
Clark Propst
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Includes model and prototype photos of this car modeled in HO-scale. Also includes several historical scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2012-01
Page:
81
Author:
Scott Lupia
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author provides tips on how to super-detail your locomotives, but yet still allow for longevity when those engines are used during operating sessions.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-01
Page:
74
Author:
Neil Schofield
Category:
Cabooses
The author took a Bowser N-8 caboose and transformed it into a model fitting the 1970-79 time period. Includes prototype and modeling photos, and detail drawings for the modifications made. A parts list and weathering instructions are also provided.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1997-07
Page:
88
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The article discusses detailing an Atlas Alco C-424. Includes model close-up photos and detail drawings. Also included is one prototype photo taken in 1963.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-04
Page:
54
Author:
Richard Flock
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
The author describes how he changed the Walthers kit to make a Union Tank Car Co. model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-05
Page:
72
Author:
David Mehew
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using an Athearn GP9, the author superdetailed and painted this model for a friend. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-09
Page:
56
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author discusses the modifications he made to the MDC's model of this prototype. The weathering on the author's model is particularly striking (rust spots).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-04
Page:
52
Author:
Scott Lupia
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he detailed an Atlas model to represent the engine on the Susquehanna. He models summer time so the roof hatches and engine compartment doors are modeled open. The engine is heavily weathered. Includes 1950s prototype photos, and model photos, including construction. A parts list is also included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-10
Page:
52
Author:
Mark Sharp
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-01
Page:
86
Author:
Greg Martin
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author describes his unique method for artificially creating shadow using pencils on his models.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-07
Page:
64
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Prototype and model photos. Detailed photos of constructing the grab irons. Painting and weathering shows how to simulate a boxcar belonging to a former railroad but that name has been over-painted.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-05
Page:
40
Author:
William E. Botkin
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author describes how he detailed two versions of an Accurail USRA 8-panel hopper, and a Walthers DL&W 35-foot, 10-panel welded hopper. Includes model photos, construction details, two parts lists, and a couple of prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-01
Page:
71
Author:
David A. Bontrager
Category:
Automobiles
TOFC (Trailers On FlatCars) are slowly replacing box cars. The article describes various manufactures that make these trailers, with special attention paid to Front Range Products.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-03
Page:
70
Author:
Jim Hertzog
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author modeled this engine using the Athearn GP40-2. The article includes prototype and model photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-06
Page:
55
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Scratchbuilding
The author describes how to add gutters and downspouts, electrical hook-up, indoor plumbing, flashing, and ice dams.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #009
Page:
26
Author:
Gary Mittner
Category:
Locomotives - 4-8-2
Three photos of modified BLI models. No real text, though.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-10
Page:
115
Author:
Lionel Strang
Category:
Scenery - Mountains
The author describes how he cast tunnel interiors.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-08
Page:
72
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This 34' x 64' layout recreates scenes in the Berkshire Mountains along the railroads of western Massachusetts and eastern New York. Includes many photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-11
Page:
90
Author:
Michael A. Stasinski
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The article describes how the author super-detailed the model using prototype photos as references. Model and prototype photos are included, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1975-04
Page:
52
Author:
Doug Leffler
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author shows how to use a single-dome tank car to scratchbuild a fueling facility for a branchline operation. A sidebar shows another approach, as well as several prototype photos of these types of installations.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-07
Page:
80
Author:
Bob Smaus
Category:
Layout Construction
The author described how he hid four openings on his layout. The special construction techniques and lighting methods complete hide the potential eye-sore.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-08
Page:
89
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Making pine tree silhouettes using shaped metal screen and ground foam.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-09
Page:
75
Author:
Rob Spangler
Category:
Layout Construction
The author demonstrates how he builds his scenery base, adds rocks, and builds up the scenery.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-11
Page:
20
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Layout Construction
Using strings to line up the two sides of a future bridge span.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-11
Page:
89
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author shows how he paints and weathers an Accurail 40-foot box car, paying special attention to weathering the roof.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-05
Page:
56
Category:
Track
The author describes how to wire double crossovers, double slip switches, and three-way switches.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-06
Page:
71
Author:
Neil Denby
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he developed the plan for his double-decked layout and how he actually built it. Includes many construction photos and hand-draw track plans.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-07
Page:
118
Author:
Michael Veseth
Category:
Layout Design
The author describes how he designed his modular layout that fits in his garage. Includes the track plan and a few construction photos.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1995-12
Page:
60
Author:
Wayne Wilson
Category:
Track
The author describes how he built double-slip turnouts. Includes photos and drawings, including how to move the points.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-10
Page:
90
Author:
David J. Leider
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
Scale drawings, many prototype and model construction photos accompany this article about how to model a vinegar transport car. Since vinegar is corrosive, it is transported in wooden tanks.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-08
Page:
104
Author:
Carl Cascone
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The author describes how he uses nylon thread to model power wires, and solder to mimic phone lines. Includes details on how model the various pole details.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
58
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author took a drawing off of the back of a magazine to build this structure. The article describes how he built it in great detail. Includes model photos and several scale drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-12
Page:
155
Author:
Jim Wilhite
Category:
Locomotives - E7
Using a Cary cast white-metal body on a Model Power E7, this article describes how accurately model a Missouri Pacific E7.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-03
Page:
64
Author:
various authors
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
A prototype photo of two 0-6-0 engines merged together at the cab proved the validity of Earl Johnson's Duplex Compound 0-6-6-0T engine.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-05
Page:
64
Author:
Mike Palmiter
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author developed a method for easily making large building models with the use of foam core sheet panels assembled into a box frame. Several model photos are included showing the examples he has built.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-03
Page:
89
Author:
Harold Minkwitz
Category:
Electronics
The author converts a Kadee No. 5 coupler center spring to an electrical pickup for an IHC 4-4-0.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2010-11/12
Page:
58
Author:
Charlie Comstock
Category:
Scenery - Streets
Charlie shows step-by-step how he creates solid yellow center stripes for roads. He also shows that a template can be used to make dashed lines.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-10
Page:
107
Author:
Lionel Strang
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The author shows how to build rail racks, rail fences, and how to model used ties.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1997-08
Page:
120
Author:
Marty McGuirk
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author describes some simple steps for weathering trucks, wheels, and car bodies with washes and dry-brushing paint.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-06
Page:
94
Author:
David A. Bontrager
Category:
Freight Car Loads
An inexpensive method for filling hoppers using a false styrene floor covered with coal.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-10
Page:
40
Author:
Edwin Schampel
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The freelanced layout measures 45 by 18-1/2 feet and takes up most of the basement. It features four loops that are connected. The layout allows for long trains to be run.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-07
Page:
36
Author:
David Butts
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
The L-shaped 14' x 15' layout was built into a building in Edward's backyard and features the Virginia & Truckee in around 1885. Most of the structures are wood and many are scratchbuilt. The layout is mostly finished.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-04
Page:
18
Author:
Doug Geiger
Category:
MRR Product Review
PBL released this kit of a prototype structure found in Chama, New Mexico. Review covers the kit itself, the instructions, and the problems found.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1974-02
Page:
36
Author:
Noel Holley
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
A working rotary plow was made from an Athearn rotary plow kit, with additional parts for the trucks, brake rigging, pantograph, headlight, and motor with gearbox for the working rotating blades. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 1996-09
Page:
47
Author:
Lee Freeman
Category:
Locomotives - GP15-1
Just a photo and a parts list for how to create one of these models using Athearn donor locomotives.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-09
Page:
86
Author:
John Ostler
Category:
Freight Cars
This article includes information about prototype trucks, and how to model them and keep them running on HO-scale freight cars. Includes prototype photos of three types of trucks.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-10
Page:
76
Author:
Vincent J. Lee
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This impressive model of the 400-foot long building was built from 6 Walthers REA Transfer building kits. Includes prototype, model, and construction photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-11
Page:
100
Author:
Mike Schafer
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This is a visit to Joe Slanser's 28' x 29' basement layout. The main layout is in a 9' x 29' area, with a large double-track loop running through the rest of the space.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-07
Page:
80
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
This installment covers the AC&F Type 11 tank cars. First built in 1911, thousands of these cars saw service on the nation's rails. The first part of the article covers the prototype and contains several photos. The second half of the article covers the construction of such a tank car, where the author describes how he scratchbuilt one.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-04
Page:
79
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The first installment of an on-going series of articles that cover the transition era. The first article covers the St. Louis - San Francisco single-sheathed boxcar. Includes prototype photos, builder's roster, available HO models, and a sidebar on the tools needed to modify those models.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-05
Page:
65
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This installment covers the 1937 Great Northern's double-sheathed boxcars. Includes prototype photos, a roster listing, and lots of how-to-model information. A sidebar describes how to build an accurate, rectangular box.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-03
Page:
90
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars
For this installment the author show prototype and model photos of some oddball cars: QA&P boxcar, carbon black covered hopper, and a vinegar tank car. The article has a side bar on using abrasives to prepare a model for painting.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-07
Page:
95
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This installment covers the B&O "wagontop" box cars, such as the M-15, M-53, and M-53A, and how to model them in HO-scale. The second half of the article covers the Milwaukee Road's ribbed-side box cars and how to model them in HO-scale. A side-bar on the PRR's X37 is also included. All have prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-10
Page:
96
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
This installment covers the Pennsylvania Railroad's R50B express reefer car. The railroad had well over 500 of them in service from the late 1920s through the 1950s. Model and prototype photos of the car are included in the article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-07
Page:
82
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Soo Line single-sheathed boxcars. The Minneapolis, St. Paul & Sault Ste. Marie purchased 750 of these cars in 1912. The article has model and prototype photos and a modelers parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-01
Page:
90
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This is the first of two installments covering the Pennsylvania X29 boxcar, of which there were almost 19,000 on the road. Several prototype photos are included. The last part of the article covers how to model this car in HO-scale, with several finished model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-02
Page:
90
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This is the second installment of the PRR X29 box car. Also covered are the X28 automobile transport cars, and how to model both in HO scale.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-07
Page:
86
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Prototype and model photos of the NP's 10000-series double-sheathed boxcars. It has an excellent sidebar on how to make grab irons.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-08
Page:
78
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
St. Louis Southwestern's (Cotton Belt) double-sheathed boxcars which were built from 1923 to 1925. Includes prototype photos, and many model photos. A side bar on modeling AB brakes is also included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-09
Page:
76
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The article covers the Southern Pacific's single-sheathed boxcars, and modeling the B-50-13 and -14 cars. A side bar on modeling KC brakes and release rods is included. Several close-up detail photos of the model are also included.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-04
Page:
121
Author:
Esteban Martinez
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
An interview-style article asking the owner about his layout. Includes the track plan and many photos of his layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-11
Page:
67
Author:
Nick Campbell
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author shows the steps he takes heavily weathering a car and its trucks.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-06
Page:
66
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author uses a Life-Like ex-Penn Central X72 box car that is heavily weathered. Includes the prototype photo he used as inspiration. The article describes how he achieved the rusted lettering effect. Includes a side bar by Jim Six about the techniques he used to weather his model of the same car.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1977-09
Page:
75
Author:
Dean A. Shepherd
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
The author started with a Tyco Mikado kit and shows how he super-detailed and painted it.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-08
Page:
86
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Using fake fur, a synthetic material used in making toy stuffed animals, is used to simulate grass fields. The author paints the fur and then adds real soil to make the grass appear patchy.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-06
Page:
57
Author:
Patricia Maxwell
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Using materials found in the crafts or floral stores, the author describes how her husbands makes a large quantity of trees quickly. Several methods and tree types are discussed.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-09
Page:
74
Author:
Jory S. Tetzlaff
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Using carpet fibers to make low-lying bushes.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-09
Page:
96
Author:
John Griffith
Category:
Layout Construction
This article includes diagrams and photos of a two-track shelving system that the author uses to move trains onto and off of his layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-03
Page:
52
Author:
Jeff Wilson
Category:
Scenery - People & Animals
This article describes how to paint unpainted Preiser figures. Paint and colors are discussed, as well as how to paint facial details.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-06
Page:
46
Author:
Louis Gomes
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Using a variety of different parts, the author built an enginehouse that has just experienced a near-total fire. The article includes several photos, and it describes how he built the building.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-10
Page:
54
Author:
John Brown
Category:
Freight Car Loads
In addition to describing several loads the author built, he also describes his method for placing the loads on the cars, while still allowing them to be removable.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-08
Page:
84
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Layout Construction
A step-by-step photo article on how to paint and blend layers of slightly different blue colors (using oil paints, which don't dry as fast). The author did his entire 60 feet of backdrop in 5 hours.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2001-09
Page:
44
Author:
Art Fahie
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author asks George Selios a number of questions about his layout. Includes many half-page photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-12
Page:
74
Author:
George Sebastian-Coleman
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
George Selios has made it to the town of Franklin on his layout. Includes lots of great photos and a full trackplan of the layout to-date. George has switched to DCC and sound.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-06
Page:
50
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Freight Car Loads
This article focuses on looking at some of the rules railroads follow for securing loads in open-top cars. Loads covered are steel plates, pipe, lumber, tanks, and structural steel. Includes a freight car loading diagram from the 1950 AAR book.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-04
Page:
67
Author:
Trevor Marshall
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Three friends build this large layout in an office space to represent the Bayview Junction near Lake Ontario, Canada, including its wye. The article describes how they built it and includes many close-up and several overhead photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-01
Page:
74
Author:
Charlie Conway
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Converting a Walthers' HO-scale Dayton Machine Co. "built-up" structure into a Pennsylvania RR freight house. Includes many detailed photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-03
Page:
48
Author:
Jim Hertzog
Category:
Layouts
This 30 x 40 foot layout models the Reading Co. in Pennsylvania between 1952 and 1957. It features stacking staging at either end of the layout in a peninsula area.
Magazine:
S/Sn3 Modeling Guide 1997-12/01
Page:
27
Author:
Dave Lull
Category:
Layout Construction
The author shares his thoughts about tearing out a large layout's benchwork to start a new, smaller layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-08
Page:
48
Author:
William C. Schaumburg
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article shows models of the EMD FT demonstrator as they appeared in 1939.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-02
Page:
70
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Using this boxcar model, the author created a model of the KCS #250236. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #3
Page:
60
Author:
Andrew Caster
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
A photo essay of the author's layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-09
Page:
38
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
A long, skinny layout that models the Cascades to Puget Sound. Since the layout is a bit smaller, the owner was able to focus more attention to the details and the fantastic structures it features. The passenger station is modeled open facing the aisle, so the interior is fully visible.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-06
Page:
97
Author:
Michael Tylick
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
This brief article describes how George Selios models old ties that are thrown or stacked along side the right-of-way.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-08
Page:
78
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Tools
Using two pieces of styrene and a spare section of flextrack, the author builds a permanent re-railer for his hard-to-reach stagging yard.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-01
Page:
20
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he received and off-the-cuff comment and a chance-meeting, both of which led him to building a staging yard for his layout. Includes both prototype (visiting the yard) and model photos (constructing the yard).
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-04
Page:
32
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes finding prototype information about the Yosemite Valley brick oil house, his first attempt at building the structure, and his second attempt, with better prototype info. He also details how he built the third version using modern laser-cutting.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-06
Page:
32
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Layout Design
The author shares how he has made many changes to his layout, and his current plan is to build a yard, but he hasn't figured out how to get to that yard. The idea was to do a whole-room helix. He created a to-do list, and shares photos of the project to implement this idea.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-06
Page:
30
Author:
Marty McGuirk
Category:
Layout Design
This column has a rotating set of authors, with Marty being the original one. He shares what he has learned from building his layouts. Large layouts aren't a panacea. A new layout is under way after a move.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-06
Page:
34
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Model Railroad Philosophy
Why prototype modeling? Several other Yosemite Valley modelers are asked why they chose to model a prototype.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-06
Page:
41
Author:
Nick Muff
Category:
Model Railroad Philosophy
Why prototype modeling? The author explains that he likes doing the prototype research.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-06
Page:
46
Author:
Tony Thompson
Category:
Model Railroad Philosophy
Why prototype modeling?
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-06
Page:
49
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Model Railroad Philosophy
Why prototype modeling?
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2022-12
Page:
21
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author installs a junkyard in a difficult corner of his layout. Includes many progress photos.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-01
Page:
25
Author:
Tony Thompson
Category:
Passenger Trains
The author describes building Southern Pacific heavyweight passenger trains. Includes prototype and model photos, as well as interior configuration diagrams.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-03
Page:
21
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author covers box cars for his layout, such as the Central Vermont 40000-series Howe Truss box cars, the 41000-series 1-1/2 door box cars, and the 42000, 43000, and 44000-series.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-06
Page:
19
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Operations
The author describes how he does operations on his 1984-based layout. Includes many photos of his layout, and of the items he uses to facilitate operating sessions.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-07
Page:
17
Author:
Jeff Johnston
Category:
Painting & Weathering
How does one decide on what the colors were when one models a time period before color photography was in common use?
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2022-09
Page:
27
Author:
Nick Muff
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author decided to use Benjamin Moore interior house paint, thinned with water, and applied with an airbrush to paint his Kansas City Union Station model. The model has an incredible amount of interior detailing, as well as LED lighting. The exterior is also exquisite with lots of vehicls, figures, and LED lighting. He used hundreds of SMD LEDs.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2010-11/12
Page:
137
Author:
Marty McGuirk
Category:
Layout Construction
The author discusses various decisions he has made to model a pier in his layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-08
Page:
61
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Model Railroads and People
Andy describes meeting Gil Freitag and operating on his layout when he lived in the area.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-05
Page:
100
Author:
Neil Schofield
Category:
Layout Construction
The author's layout is based on the CP Rail's Lyndonville and Newport Subdivisions in northern Vermont. He doesn't enjoy the early part of layout construction, but describes it in this article, starting from finishing the basement, building the benchwork, and completing scenery in sections.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1975-04
Page:
32
Author:
Gil Freitag
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
After a very long introduction by the magazine's editor, the author describes the construction and design philosophy of his layout, the fact that most structures are scratchbuilt, and how he integrated a narrow gauge line after the layout's construction had already begun. In additional to many layout photos (some in color), there is a complete track plan of the layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-08
Page:
38
Author:
Albert E. Turner, Jr.
Category:
Layouts
A 33.5 by 13.5 foot layout by Glen Brazelton features high trestle bridges, large mountains, and nice structures. The layout was constructed by club members.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1992-05
Page:
36
Author:
Thomas Lane
Category:
Structures - Bridges
The author describes how he built a three-span plate girder bridge, a main span with flanking smaller spans, which were built using Micro-Engineering and
Evergreen styrene. Includes diagrams and construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-01
Page:
100
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author describes how he built this freelanced generic interlocking tower for the Kalmbach club layout. It includes construction photos, drawings, a bill of materials, and track placement.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2022-12
Page:
81
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Operations
This article covers what to do next once you have mastered simple operations on your layout. Includes information about his free software application for a fastclock. There is a chart for how to measure scale speed. Includes example paperwork.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2022-11
Page:
79
Author:
Matt Snell
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author models the Conrail Shared Assets Operations (CSAO) railroad. The article is mostly a photo-essay of scenes on his layout. It includes a full track plan, and a sidebar on his CTC panel.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2023-01
Page:
92
Author:
Matt Snell
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author continues his journey on his layout with many photos. There is a sidebar on defect detectors, which contains prototype photos and how he modeled it on his layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-11
Page:
84
Author:
Michael Maas
Category:
Layouts
This 7' x 22' layout includes both the C&NW and the Milwaukee railroads. One depot served both rails.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-05
Page:
44
Author:
Jeff Wilson
Category:
Scenery - Streets
Modeling modern rubber and older wood crossings. Complete installation photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-02
Page:
73
Author:
Gerald McGee
Category:
Layouts
Features the author's Puye & Phui RR which is a free-lanced prototype layout set in the Upper Mississippi River Valley in 1906. The layout is an around-the-walls type with a center peninsula. Articles includes a track plan and many close-up photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-01
Page:
175
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Painting the Stewart Hobbies' U25B.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-03
Page:
52
Author:
Phil Hartung
Category:
Electronics
How to install a DCC decoder into a Walthers Proto2000 locomotive, and also how to improve them. Includes a sidebar on how to install wheel wipers in these engines.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1978-09
Page:
44
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built (kit-bashed) this structure such that a portion of it covers the railroad tracks. The building was built for author Paul Caparatta's layout, based on the prototype photos they took (see Paul's article in this issue).
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2016-05/06
Page:
19
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Modules
John Kosma sets up his modular layout at train shows. The scenes are set in Milwaukee in the 1930s. The layout is a long U-shaped one, with turn-around loops at the ends. The trolleys are powered by the catenary only. Includes lots of photos, many of which are close-up of the scenes. A portion of the layout is set up at home, too.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-09
Page:
80
Author:
James R. Barrante
Category:
Track
Although not prototypical, closed-frog turnouts to virtually eliminate derailments. The author describes how he builts them.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-12
Page:
56
Author:
John Edwards
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article focuses on a portion of Harold Werthwein's layout that features moving coal. The layout fills most of the 35 x 85-foot basement. Included with the article are lots of photos and a diagram of the part of the layout discussed in the text.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-12
Page:
76
Author:
Malcolm Furlow
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This large layout literally fills the 22-foot by 50-foot basement with a massive, continuous scene. About a quarter of the layout is consumed by a turntable, engine house, and large yard. The scenery is absolutely stunning. The article includes a two-page fold-out. The layout features B&O steam-era.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-11
Page:
89
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Using an Athearn quad hopper, the author built a ballast hopper for the Model Railroader layout built starting in January of 1982. Includes a prototype photo and drawings for the necessary modifications.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-11
Page:
60
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The magazine revisits Dean Freytag's South Ridge Lines to see how it has progressed over 25 years. His layout is famous for the heavy steel industry he has modeled. Includes many close-up photos of some of his industries.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2006-03
Page:
21
Author:
William Tokaruk
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
This article covers how the author tackled building a Schnabel car.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-06
Page:
80
Author:
Jim Morin
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The article covers upgrading two Rivarossi HO-scale models. Includes model photos and detail drawings.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #039
Page:
8
Author:
Bill Faith
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Models made from RTV molds.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-09
Page:
54
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Scratchbuilding
The author describes an example of how he used a computer-controlled milling machine to cut the parts he needed to build a Denny's restaurant.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-08
Author:
Stanley Reynolds
Category:
Scenery - Streets
The article describes how to build these large signs, and includes scaled drawings as well as sample signs for Ford and Esso in the various modeling scales.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-02
Page:
107
Author:
Jim Smith
Category:
Track
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-11
Page:
104
Author:
Kathleen Renninger
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author shows and describes how she mimic's stucco on brick buildings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1994-11
Page:
34
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Product Review
A review of the Innovative Model Works' new box car (whose owner co-started Pacific Rail Shops and Intermountain). The article contains detailed information about the prototype 1937 AAR box car.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-02
Page:
82
Author:
Frank A. Costanzi
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
One prototype photo. Model photos with changes made to the Bowser model. Lighting circuit correction is in April 2000 issue page 14.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-05
Page:
40
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Cabooses
This is a product review on the Sunset Models HO-scale PRR N5a, N5b, and N5c cabin cars. In addition to the review itself, there is some historical information about the cars, and one prototype photo of a N5b.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-05
Page:
98
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Product Review
Included with this review of the Walthers B60b baggage car is included prototype info about the car.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-08
Page:
106
Author:
Frank Andrews
Category:
Cabooses
When you have to park part of a train on an incline while switching, the train can move on you. The author describes a system, which uses a metal ball, that keeps a caboose from rolling in such a situation.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #073
Page:
6
Author:
Kurt Kruse
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The author converted a Tangent Scale Models G31b into an "L" subclass model.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-02
Page:
121
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author compares various manufacturer's HO-scale kits of various wheel arrangements to determine which would make good basis for kitbashing or scratchbuilding your own steam locomotive.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2015-05/06
Page:
8
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Structures - Trackside
How to model hobo signs on the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-09
Page:
66
Author:
Augustus J. Veendaal
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
A 12'x15' layout built in Holland that features main line track, electrified track, and a steam tram branch. It is set in Holland in 1914.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-06
Page:
53
Author:
Matt Snell
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author uses wood to make forms under tarps to simulate loads. He also makes a rebar load. Includes prototype and model construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-12
Page:
116
Author:
Mike Shanahan
Category:
Layouts
Modeling the Pennsylvania horseshoe curve. Includes history of the curve.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-12
Page:
62
Author:
Steven Peck
Category:
Animated
The author describes how he built remote-controlled animated overhead doors for an engine house. Includes detail drawings and photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-10
Page:
32
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he decided to build this layout out of MDF (medium-density fiberboard). Includes lots of construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-12
Page:
44
Author:
Steve Harris
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author shows how he constructed the Nuckolls Packing building found in Telluride, Colorado. Include scale drawings and a parts list. The building is made out of plaster and he shows how he hid the corners, modeled the space for the windows and doors, and how the brick was painted and weathered.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-11
Page:
46
Author:
Lou Sassi
Category:
Scenery
The article describes how the author creates a scenic base using Woodland Scenics' foam sheets, then covers it with "ground goop" (a mixture of Celluclay, Vermiculite, flat latex paint, and white glue). The photo essay continues with ground cover, planting trees made from Peppergrass, and finishes with two scenes of a suburban front yard and static-flock grass along the track side.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-02
Page:
82
Author:
Paul Caparatta
Category:
Track
The author shows how he constructs self-guarded frogs, which are used in low-speed turnouts.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-01
Page:
66
Author:
Bob Foltz
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Includes prototype and model photos of the Santa Fe Ry station in Lamy, New Mexico. Article covers how the author built the model from scratch, includes scale drawings, and includes a side bar on how he developed his approach to modeling stucco.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-12
Page:
49
Author:
Tracy McKibben
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author describes how he built this Duluth, Missabe & Northern Railway shed. Includes finished-model photos and scale drawings.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2017-05/06
Page:
30
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Only a couple of simple tools are needed to build one of these kits.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-02
Page:
48
Author:
Stephen Swetland
Category:
Layouts
This police officer's layout provides a great stress reliever. The article is mainly a narrative of operations on this layout. The article has many close-up photos, but no detailed information about the layout itself.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #109
Page:
39
Author:
Ed Swain
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
A few photos of the author layout are shown.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-03
Page:
75
Author:
Geoff Hubbs
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author describes how he made some changes to this kit to have it ride lower and improve operations.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-10
Page:
86
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Changing the interiors.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-07
Page:
88
Author:
Jim Morin
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Based on real-world experience the author describes how to do close coupling, and how to create realistic loads.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-08
Page:
68
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Scenery - Lights
The author describes how he builds and installs industrial lighting in his structures.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-11
Page:
54
Author:
Richard Deuso
Category:
Scenery - Homes and Lots
The author builds several buildings from a single Model Power kit.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-10
Page:
54
Author:
Steve Kay
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Most of the article is about the Lackawanna Terminal's Scranton diesel shop, with a sidebar on how to model the structure. Includes model photo.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-09
Page:
60
Author:
Don Fiehmann
Category:
Track
Using Tomar Industries Upper Quadrant semaphores and Tortoise, the author describes how he installed them and had them working, using simple electronics, to detect train presence.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-03
Page:
76
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author shows how he installed a QSI Revolution A sound decoder in an older Atlas GP7. Includes modification and installation photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-10
Page:
78
Author:
Vic Roseman
Category:
Structures
Prototype and model photos. Using a Walthers Front St. Warehouse as a starting point. Slow burning or mill construction drawings ca. 1908.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-12
Page:
88
Author:
Tony Koester
Category:
Layout Design
Tony describes his now famous AM, how he was inspired by Allen McClelland, the rational for the layout, and the track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-01
Page:
116
Author:
Tony Koester
Category:
Layout Construction
In this installment of the author's now-famous layout, he shows the trackplan, develops the reason for the layout's existence, describes the why behind the era and area, lists the trains to be operated, and develops plans for operating sessions.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-04
Page:
81
Author:
David S. Busch
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
It took George Selios two years to get part of his layout to where it is shown in this issue. Includes many quality photos of the layout, a trackplan of the finished section, and where it fits into the whole plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-05
Page:
44
Author:
Richard Francaviglia
Category:
Layout Construction
The author built a 17" x 56" switching layout representing the end of a short line in the Great Plains.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-02
Page:
72
Author:
George P. Landow
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Inspired by structures made by other modelers, the author describes how he wound building this structure. Includes scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-07
Page:
40
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Structures
The author cut City Classics three-pack house kits in half to create 6 homes. He added different touches to each house, including a complete backyard for each.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-11
Page:
56
Author:
Jeff Wilson
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Basic information about how to further detail a diesel locomotive. Describes what level of detailing can be done and shows specific examples for HO-scale Kato GP35 and Athearn F-unit.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-12
Page:
100
Author:
Michael Tylick
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author photographs some close-up detailed scenes on George Selios' layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-03
Page:
122
Author:
Gerald Gilliland
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author shows how he super-detailed the interior of this structure. It includes making the cardstock walls look like wood, many scratchbuilt interior details, and a removable roof to admire the work.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-05
Page:
67
Author:
Jerry Fassnacht
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
In this interview-style article, Jerry is asked about this layout that models the Schuylkill branch of the Pennsylvania RR with a freelanced connection to the Reading & Columbia branch of the Reading. The layout was built by him and his brother. Includes a track plan of the entire layout.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2015-09/10
Page:
54
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Dioramas
This diorama models the Everett Street Station, or Milwaukee Union Station, which was built by the Milwaukee Road and opened in 1886. The station was located on Everett Street between N. 2nd Street and N. 4th Street in downtown Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Includes several close-up photos of the diorama.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-07
Page:
34
Author:
Jim Rollwage
Category:
Layouts
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-06
Page:
123
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layout Construction
The author has torn down his layout and is building a new one using the "TOMA" approach. He also shares the lessons learned from the previous layout that he is addressing in the new one.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-04
Page:
38
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This interview-style article covers how the owner got into the hobby, why he chose to model what he does, and the specifics about the layout. Includes photos and a track plan (available as an online bonus).
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-12
Page:
66
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
A description of John's beautiful layout, with floor-to-ceiling scenery. Included are many color photos, and the track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1981-10
Page:
84
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Model Railroads and People
Jim continues his recollections of his friend John, how they would joke around, the super-detailing and weathering techniques he learned from him, and how he built this simple switching layout called the Timesaver. Includes a few photos of John and his layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-02
Page:
40
Author:
Tom Bartley
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
A beautifully-scenicked layout that measures 12' x 16'. It models the Olympic & Puget Sound Rwy. The layout features many Selios structures.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-04
Page:
40
Author:
John Finnin
Category:
Trains
Modeling the train as it was in between 1976 and 1978, the author's train has been on a small tour of its own. This article describes the history of the prototype train, as well as the model train, which is now in its second incarnation.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-12
Page:
48
Author:
John Longhurst
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This is a freelanced, double-decked 17 by 20 foot layout set in the Fall of 1995. The author describes the layout's construction and operations. Includes a track plan. You can see pictures of this layout on John's blog, and he has videos of the layout on YouTube.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-03
Page:
45
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
This is an interview-style article about the owner and his 16'x30' double-deck layout. Includes many photos and track plans of the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-05
Page:
40
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This interview-style article covers how this real-world railroader got into model railroading, why he models what he does, and how he built his layout. Includes photos and an online track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-06
Page:
76
Author:
Dave Frary
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author describes how he models a cellar left over after the building has been removed.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 1996-09
Page:
24
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Category:
Locomotives - MP15DC
How to install Kadee couplers into this model.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-07
Page:
17
Author:
Rich Picariello
Category:
MRR Product Review
The article includes a bit of history, model features, and review of the performance and accuracy of the model. Includes photos of the UP model, and a side bar of the other roadnames released.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-03
Page:
71
Author:
Rick Gher
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he super-detailed an SP SD40, an SP GP35, and a Cotton Belt GP35. Includes model photos of the finished models and parts lists.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-05
Page:
78
Author:
John Ostler
Category:
Freight Cars
How to assemble Kadee No. 717 freight trucks without losing the springs.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-09
Page:
74
Author:
Ed Dougherty
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This 24' by 32' layout represents the PRR's Middle Division in the late 1950s. It is a one-and-a-half level around-the-walls design with a long center peninsula. The author describes the building that houses the layout, how he built the layout, constructing the scenery, and operations. Includes photos and trackplan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-09
Page:
80
Author:
Malcolm Furlow and Paul Scoles
Category:
Layouts
Ken has been working on the same layout for 30 years. It measures 16 by 22 feet.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-08
Page:
59
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Ken's layout is a massive 32'x102', and it is double-decked to boot. Includes many photos, track plans, and answers to questions posed to Ken.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-01
Page:
56
Author:
Bill Gill
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how he built a compressed scale replica of this building found in Cohoes. Includes one finished model photo and two prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2010-11/12
Page:
46
Author:
Charlie Comstock
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
The layout fits in about 12' by 8', and is set in 1995. The Washington Northern is a fictitious line. Includes a track plan of this switching layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-08
Page:
54
Author:
Al Crisp
Category:
Passenger Cars
Using an MDC Harriman RPO, the author built a model of this passenger car. Includes prototype and model photos, as well as a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-12
Page:
96
Author:
Patrick Lawson
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article describes how to build a model of the Canadian Pacific's unusual "Red Barns". It includes prototype and model photos, as well as a parts list. The author used a Rail Power Product's SD60 as the base for this model.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-01
Page:
86
Author:
Tom Busack
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he made his Chicago & North Western GP50 no. 5050 from an Athearn GP35 by stretching its frame. Many detail drawings and photos are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
128
Author:
Harvey J. Simon
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how he built an accurate model of the structure found in Lowell, Mass. It is ten stories tall and has a wonderful external fire-escape staircase, which he modeled. Includes prototype, model, and construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-04
Page:
48
Author:
Jerry Wikstrom
Category:
Automobiles
The author converted an Athearn Ford F-850 to a crew cab, which is what he remembers the trucks were like when he drove them. Includes modeling the interior of the truck. There is also a sidebar on additional M.O.W. vehicles the author has kitbashed.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-05
Page:
54
Author:
Jeff Johnston
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author converted some 40-foot Athearn flat cars to better fit his pre-1930s era. Drawings and close-up photos show all the work he did to do this conversion. A prototype photo of the Minarets & Western flat car is included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1973-09
Page:
44
Author:
David Callahan
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author took several kits and shells to build this Danville, Tidewater & Carolina SD45T-2 "tunnel motor" engine. Includes model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1973-09
Page:
38
Author:
Robert K. Aaberg
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
Using an outside-braced wood boxcar, the author created this unique M.O.W. car with detailed hoist. Includes photos of the finished model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-01
Page:
91
Author:
Chuck Davis
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Using an Accurail Rural Timber Overpass bridge, the author created the end-of-spur unloading ramp that appears to be made out of heavy timbers, much like the prototype.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-06
Page:
46
Author:
Bob Bennett
Category:
Automobiles
The author describes how he scratchbuilt the amphibious vehicle used by a fire department.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-10
Page:
66
Author:
David Revelia
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Kitbashing a Sierra West Scale Models engine house
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-05
Page:
80
Author:
Robert Bennett
Category:
Cabooses
The prototype converted troop sleeper cars into these cabooses in the mid-1950s, and so the author did the same thing using Cannonball Car Shops' kits of troop sleeper cars. Includes several prototype photos and some model photos, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-11
Page:
71
Author:
Michael Millet
Category:
Freight Cars - Woodchip
Mimicking the prototype, the author converted a PS-1 boxcar into a woodchip car. Includes prototype photos, and model modification photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-04
Page:
84
Author:
Karl Erk
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The articles describes how the author build an A-B-A set of BNSF's F45 in the latest paint scheme (freelanced). Includes model photos, parts list, and cutting guide for the chassis modifications necessary.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-08
Page:
74
Author:
Dennis Brown
Category:
Passenger Cars
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-03
Page:
79
Author:
John Roberts
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author used a Korber Models kit to build a standard C&O tower. Includes photos of the completed model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-09
Page:
80
Author:
Richard J. Anderson
Category:
Locomotives - Gas Electric
The railroad converted a baggage car into a gas-electric motor car in 1941. The author used a Bachmann Doodlebug as his starting point to create this unique car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-08
Page:
60
Author:
Dave Lisabeth
Category:
Freight Cars
Building models of the Canadian National 60-foot flat cars which were converted to carry aluminum ingots. Article includes model photos, prototype photos, parts list, detailed diagrams, and description of how the author converted a MDC 60-foot flat car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-06
Page:
54
Author:
John Brown
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Taking part of the Walthers New River Mine kit to build a truck coal dump loader for a siding. Includes a scale drawing for a weight house, the weigh scale, and the coal truck dump. There are also several photos of the author's model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-07
Page:
62
Author:
R. L. Recordon
Category:
Freight Cars - Milk Cars
In this article the author describes how he built one of these cars starting with an Athearn 50-foot express reefer.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-09
Page:
78
Author:
Frank Geraci
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Modeling a unique flat car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-12
Page:
68
Author:
Mike Chandler
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author converted a MDC old-time passenger car into a pre-WW1 combine for the author's CP-based layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-03
Page:
60
Author:
Kurt Mirish
Category:
Locomotives - Gas Electric
Article includes photos and text of how the author kitbashed a wood car with an open rear platform that ran in 1905 to 1910 on a suburban line in Kansas City. He started with a Bachmann Brill trolley.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-09
Page:
63
Author:
Richard Johannes
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author uses two Athearn GP40-2 to build these models to represents models that used to be part of the Canadian National railroad. Includes construction photos and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-05
Page:
54
Author:
Frank Cicero
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Has prototype and model photos. The author started with two Athearn SW1000 to create two models that were coupled nose-to-nose, as per the prototype. Parts list is included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-02
Page:
55
Author:
Bob Whetham
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
The prototype Crestbook Timber's critter was "kitbashed" from a steam engine's tender. The author built his model using the same method. Detailed description and prototype and model photos accompany the article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-11
Page:
63
Author:
Jim Zinser
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author built a structure that mimics one of the Fine Scale Miniatures kits which he could not afford to buy at the time the kit was released, and it is now hard to find.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-03
Page:
61
Author:
Ken Goslett
Category:
Automobiles
The author took parts from several model trucks to build this unique model. Includes one prototype and model photo.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-12
Page:
73
Author:
John Glaab
Category:
Structures
The author disassembled an N-scale model of the White House and converted into a HO-scale mansion.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-03
Page:
62
Author:
Michael Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Two MDC kits were used to build this model of the 60-foot car that was new in 1993. Includes prototype and model photo, and drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-12
Page:
73
Author:
Eric Miller
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Using various parts from Atlas, Walthers, and Intermountain cars, the author built a covered hopper from an open hopper car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-10
Page:
68
Author:
Dave Bayless
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
In addition to explaining what all the numbers in the car's model number mean, the author describes how he modeled this car. Includes model and prototype photos, and lots of references.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2012-01
Page:
52
Author:
Bob Dietrich
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author describes how he designed and had custom-made the sides for this car, and then used a LaBelle car kit for the remaining parts.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #111
Page:
28
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The author converts a Sunshine G29A/B HO-scale kit#12.8 into a G29D. Includes prototype photos, and model construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-09
Page:
75
Author:
Charles Cover
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author takes a Bowser H21 hopper and converts it into an H25. Includes prototype photos of both to see the differences. Lots of model photos are included as well, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-11
Page:
67
Author:
Thomas Griffiths
Category:
Ships
This article covers how to build a tugboat from two Lindberg Diesel Harbor Tug kits. Contains many construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-09
Page:
84
Author:
Walter Appel
Category:
Structures - Automobiles
The author used two Walthers United Trucking Terminal kits to build one Railway Express terminal..
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2004-10
Page:
60
Author:
Stephen M. Priest
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Model photos and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-09
Page:
65
Author:
Stephen M. Priest
Category:
Cabooses
The author took two Athearn models to make this one caboose. The article includes prototype photos, scale drawings, a parts list, and model construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
80
Author:
Denis Doucet
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author modeled this unique engine using the RPP shell and an Athearn F7 drive. Includes a prototype and several model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-12
Page:
65
Author:
Jeff Moore
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
The author followed the prototype and created a model of a the tank of a tank car welded to a flat car, as was done by the McCloud River Railroad.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-11
Page:
60
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Structures - Automobiles
Adding details to a gas station.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-11
Page:
110
Author:
Koos Fockens
Category:
Locomotives - SW1200
The author converts a Life-Like SW1200 into one of these unique engines. Includes installing lights and sound.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-06
Page:
59
Author:
Ron Christensen
Category:
Automobiles
The author used a Mini Metals tractor trailer, replaced the sides and created this stock trailer. Includes detail model photos, scale drawing, and materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-02
Page:
77
Author:
Mel Johnson
Category:
Passenger Cars
Using two MDC Pullman Palace kit bodies the author built this car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-02
Page:
82
Author:
Jim Sacco
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The structure started off as the Moore & Company Warehouse kit by Life-Like. The structure was made longer than the kit intended.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-03
Page:
59
Author:
Dan Bourque
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Like the prototype, the author took a Athearn 50-ton hopper and converted it to this model. Includes cutting diagrams and materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-05
Page:
72
Author:
Frank Cicero
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
The author took a Roco German DB Class 101 engine and converted it to look like an New Jersey Transit engine using the plans published by Railroad Model Craftsman magazine in its March 2003 issue. Includes before and after model photos and a prototype photo.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-05
Page:
68
Author:
Terry Black
Category:
Structures - Homes
The structure represents a normal two-story building, but with an additional story added below that sits almost at water level.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-04
Page:
80
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The author took four Mehano 50-foot gondolas (train-set quality) and rebuilt them to accurately match the CNJ prototype.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-11
Page:
104
Author:
Bob Foltz
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
This article has complete instructions on how to build this structure that has a history of several businesses, including one which required track service.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-02
Page:
74
Author:
Roy Stanley
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Changing an outside corner of a bank building kit to an inside corner made the model look completely different, yet it was such a small change.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-12
Page:
80
Author:
Dean Foster
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Cover photo of a fantastic snow setting for this locomotive. Article includes prototype photos of Delaware & Hudson # 7415, #7604, and #7615. Many close-up photos of how to detail this model. The author started with Athearn GP-35s.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-02
Page:
71
Author:
Jeff Kersting
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Using a Bachmann Texaco gas station, the author created a convincing model of a gas station he passes on his way to work. Includes model and prototype photos and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-11
Page:
104
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Cabooses
The author used two Mantua old-time combines to kitbash this model. Scale and cutting diagrams are included. It has model photos, but no prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-04
Page:
79
Author:
James McHenry
Category:
Cabooses
The author describes how he converted a Tyco PRR cabin car into a better representation of a PRR N8 cabin car, and a MDC center-cupola caboose into a PRR N5c. Includes prototype photos of these cars in both PRR, PC, and Conrail livery. Also included are detailed drawings, and scaled drawings (N8 only).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-08
Page:
60
Author:
Jared V. Harper
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author bought four Walthers Valley Growers Association grain elevator kits to build this one building as he photographed and studied it in Alma, Kansas. Includes prototype photos and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1997-04
Page:
67
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author learned that row houses are an integral part of older northeastern towns, so he modeled them using Tony Wenzel's Smalltown kits, the two Appliance Mart kits (No. 6020). Construction photos and a prototype photo of Bethlehem, PA are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-02
Page:
93
Author:
Matt Snell
Category:
Passenger Cars
Using this prototype as an example, the author describes how easy it is to kitbash an existing kit into a unique model. It includes the various tools a beginner should invest in to make kitbashing easier.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-09
Page:
65
Author:
William H. Sharpe
Category:
Freight Cars
Kitbashing a Toronto, Hamilton & Buffalo two-bay hopper from an Accurail 55-ton hopper car kit. Includes prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-09
Page:
79
Author:
Chuck Davis
Category:
Cabooses
This article describes how to build the three caboose discussed in another article in this issue. The author used the MDC 3440-series cabooses as a start for the three models. Includes construction photos, detail drawings, and a parts list
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-11
Page:
68
Author:
Jim Slaughter
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
The author describes how he built a chlorine, acid, and general service tank cars. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-01
Page:
69
Author:
Frank Cicero
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author describes how he modified a DPM townhouse kit into a two-family, three story residence.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-04
Page:
48
Author:
G.J. Michels, Jr.
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
The Pacific Fruit Express rebuilt two R-40-14 cars into aluminum cars in 1947. They were painted white and were a rare sight, hence their nickname. The author used InterMountain kits to build these cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-09
Page:
80
Author:
Rick Rideout
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Extras:
The article features the operation-oriented, 35'x70' layout based on the L&N's Evansville to Nashville route. The track plan follows a very long linear design with yards at both ends, which wind up being next to each other. Includes a diagram on how the interior walls are built. Rick is the owner of Rix Products. The layout was featured in Allen Keller's Volume 9 video.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-12
Page:
65
Author:
Chuck Killian
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Includes prototype and model photos, as well as "surgical" photos of the upgrading the author did to his out-of-production Train-Miniatures "X-29" boxcars. Includes a detailing parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-07
Page:
62
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Structures
Adding lots of details to the classic AHM/Revell farmhouse. Two kits are required to create the model build by the author.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1998-08
Page:
82
Author:
Bill Henderson
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Blending 3D items with the background, modeling rivers and their banks, building rock out of rotten wood, integrating building flats, and adding vegetation that even surprises the builder him- or herself. Tips include such things as materials such as 3M synthetic steel wool and nylon scouring pads have enough texture to represent brambles and brush as seen on the lower embankment.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-08
Page:
56
Author:
John Armstrong
Category:
Layout Design
The late author discusses how he developed a track plan for a client, Jared Harper, to model the ATSF Alma District in a 13' by 19' space.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2010-11/12
Page:
32
Author:
Matt Snell
Category:
Passenger Cars
This installment covers modeling the Conrail 21 car, which is a track geometry car. Includes prototype photos of this ex-SF car, and many step-by-step modeling photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-03
Page:
70
Author:
Douglas S. Smith
Category:
Track
This short one-page article shows how to build a conventional bumping post for the end of a track using rail pieces and brass sheet and stock.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 2000-01
Page:
20
Author:
Guy Thrams
Category:
Locomotives - GP30
A product review of this engine.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-03
Page:
80
Author:
Bob Boelter
Category:
Layout Lighting
The author describes how he planned the layout's lighting and the various problems he had to overcome.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-02
Page:
88
Author:
Matthew Nitka
Category:
Electronics
The author describes how he retrofitted his engines with 0603 LED ditch lights. Includes a sidebar on how to wire up an LED.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-02
Page:
54
Category:
DCC
Installing DCC, a sound decoder, and LEDs into an Athearn CF7. Includes full installation photos. Includes a sidebar by Joe Fugate about using Kapton tape instead of masking tape in DCC installations.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-03
Page:
90
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
The author describes how he models cattails (5- to 9-foot tall herb), grasses, lily pads, pond scum, and pond water.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2022-09
Page:
7
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Locomotives - 4-4-2
The author adds a Broadway Limited PRR class E6 4-4-2 Atlantic to his collection of engines needed for his next layout. He also covers prototype information, and includes photos of the prototype and model versions. He also covers the BLI H10 2-8-0, also with prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2022-12
Page:
7
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Model Railroad Shows
The author reports on what he saw at the Marion, Ohio RPM. He also reports that rolling stock prices have gone up quite a bit, and how he plans to deal with that on his new layout that will needs hundreds of cars. He also makes a case for not over-weathering. Includes several model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-04
Page:
68
Author:
Paul Mack
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The article covers how to build a modern-day, working concrete coal loader. Includes detailed internal construction photos, wiring diagram, hand-held control panel, and structure building information.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-04
Page:
68
Author:
Gary Butts
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author modifies a Roundhouse model kit to represent a LIRR G5, which was identical to the parent company, the PRR's G5 engines. Includes a prototype photo, photos of details added to the model, and final model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-06
Page:
60
Author:
Don Cassler
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
An upside-down, reverse "F" shape, island-style layout that fills a 27' by 43' basement. The layout was designed as a railfan layout.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 9, #2
Page:
54
Author:
Gary Austin
Category:
Locomotives - RS-1
The author shares how he painted his model. Includes several model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-03
Page:
48
Author:
Clark Propst
Category:
Freight Car Loads
This article shows how to make loads that look like machinery that is covered by tarp, using foam blocks and facial tissue.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1997-07
Page:
122
Author:
Robert Bennett
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype and model photos of the GP38 made from an Athearn GP38-2 by back-dating the model. A complete detailing parts list is provided.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-11
Page:
110
Author:
Allan N. Houghton
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author describes how he modified MDC cars to use for heavy-duty cement and lime services. Includes one prototype photos, several model photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-04
Page:
61
Author:
John Armstrong
Category:
Layout Design
The master of track design discusses how he met his client's requirements for modeling a portion of the Southern Pacific's Shasta Route. The article includes diagrams for the mushroom-style, 22' x 45' layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-07
Page:
68
Author:
Franz Rittig
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
Step-by-step instructions on how to build a placid lake, and a sidebar on modeling rivers and creeks.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2011-03
Page:
30
Author:
Cody Grivno
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Using furnace filters to make conifers.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-10
Page:
71
Author:
Greg Baker
Category:
Scenery - Streets
The author shows how he created the master for these highway barriers, and then cast them.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-10
Page:
45
Author:
Jim Richards
Category:
Layout Construction
Using 5mm EasyMat foam, normally used to place under tile flooring, the author built a flexible, easy-to-use subroadbed.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-11
Page:
106
Author:
Bob Mitchell
Category:
Structures
Create diamond pattern shingles gummed paper.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-10
Page:
122
Author:
Steven Wesolowski
Category:
Scenery
A simple jig allows the quick production of a scale pallet.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2001-06
Page:
29
Author:
Tom Persoon
Category:
Freight Car Loads
Using common plumbing supplies, the author builds some fantasy, but believable flat car and gondola loads.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-04
Page:
115
Author:
Lionel Strang
Category:
Scenery - People & Animals
The author describes how he takes the common Preiser figures and makes them more Americanized, changes their limbs, and paints them to look different.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #009
Page:
18
Author:
Greg Martin
Category:
Freight Cars - Stock Cars
The author shows how to improve the look of the Bowser K9a kit. Includes many close-up photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-12
Page:
73
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Track
The author describes how he makes his own custom blend of ballast from fine sand. Includes information about what size prototype ballast is for a specific era, and how to color the ballast.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-11
Page:
72
Author:
Bill Gill
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
After reading the John Nehrich article in the January 1986 issue of Model Railroader, the author followed the same approach to take two Athearn 40-foot flat car kits and built these cars. He added more rivets to the model by using CA glue rivet heads. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-03
Page:
66
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author created a condensed and simplified Western ore mine to fit his layout, while preserving all the features one would find in such a structure. Includes model photos, scale drawings, and detailed construction drawings
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-05
Page:
76
Author:
Dave Meyers
Category:
Structures - Industrial
In this article the author describes how he used Gatorfoam and Gatorplast to build a diorama, including the base and the building. Fome-Cor warps but Gatorfoam has a wood-fiber veneer on it that keeps it from warping and it takes all sorts of glues and paints very well.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2015-05/06
Page:
22
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Extras:
This article contains a description and many photos of the Metro Model Railroad Club's permanent layout in the senior citizens' condo development located in the former St. Alphonsus Hospital in Port Washington, Wisconsin. Includes general layout shape diagrams with photo indicators.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #108
Page:
6
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Passenger Cars
A review of the Spark and Wire Models (Nicholas Gotwalt) 3D-printed diaphragm for Walthers Metroliner cab ends.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-11
Page:
96
Author:
Harvey J. Simon
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment covers laying the girder rail and flextrack for trolley. Includes many construction photos, wiring diagram, and a sidebar on control panel construction.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-12
Page:
88
Author:
Harvey J. Simon
Category:
Layout Construction
In this installment the article covers installing the paving and scenery of the Boston MTA layout. The street paving is done with patching plaster because of its longer working time. The article also covers ballasting, installing back drops, building landforms, and making culverts and a reservoir. Includes many construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-01
Page:
100
Author:
Harvey J. Simon
Category:
Layout Construction
An epoxy body kit and an NWSL drive make for smooth-running PCC. Mechanical installation photos. Scale drawings. Prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-02
Page:
72
Author:
Harvey J. Simon
Category:
Layout Construction
Installing catenary.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-03
Page:
94
Author:
Harvey J. Simon
Category:
Layout Construction
A few easy scratchbuilt buildings firmly root the layout in the prototype.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 62 #4 2016
Page:
24
Author:
unaccredited
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
40' wood refrigerator car kits lettered for the St. Louis Refrigerator Car Company produced by Accurail.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 63 #1 2017
Page:
51
Author:
unaccredited
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
Information and photos of the 40' wood refrigerator car kit lettered for the St. Louis Refrigerator Car Company.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2016-07/08
Page:
28
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Rolf Plachter's UP-based HO-scale layout is described in this article. It includes many photos and track plan sketches, and a sidebar on brass rail. The integration of the backdrop with the openings to the other rooms is impressive.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1992-05
Page:
80
Category:
Layouts
This is a club layout that integrated portability with prototype modeling. The concept came from NTrak modules. Each member of the club builds his or her own 6-foot module. Detailed diagrams are included to define the standard used by the club.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2023-07
Page:
69
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
An interview-style article where the layout owner covers everything about his layout. Includes many photos, and a track plan of this double-decked, 30' x 40' layout. There is a sidebar about what "negative space" means in a model railroad.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2023-03
Page:
71
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author interviews the owner of this HO/HOn3. Includes many photos and a track plan of the 19' x 39', W-shaped layout.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2016-09/10
Page:
54
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The Everett Street Station (Milwaukee Union Station) was located on Everett Street in downtown Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Jim Lorbiecki built a highly-detailed diorama of it.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 9, #2
Page:
3
Author:
Charles Schwartz
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
After a brief history and some prototype photos, the author describes how he built a model of it.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-05
Page:
76
Author:
G.J. Michels, Jr.
Category:
Cabooses
The prototype built its own cabooses, which the author modeled. There are four different types discussed. Includes prototype and model photos, and a roster.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 62 #4 2016
Page:
4
Author:
Riley Triggs
Category:
Operations
The author shares his philosophy about operations on his layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-06
Page:
56
Author:
Lee Vande Visse
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
The author covers how to waterproof the pond, adding bottom details, modeling cattail plants and dead trees, how to simulate standing water, how to pour the resin, and how to add lily pads.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-10
Page:
82
Author:
Marc Jasinski
Category:
Structures - Bridges
Stone viaduct using wood, styrene, and foam insulation spray.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
68
Author:
Philip V. Chiavetta
Category:
Track
This construction how-to article not only describes the purpose and history of a team track but also how to build one (including a turnout in mostly covered track. Includes a side bar on how to protect signals and telephone poles on the layout using a counterweight system.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 62 #4 2016
Page:
8
Author:
Leo Palitti
Category:
Dioramas
The author is commissioned to build a model of the Branch Davidian compound for a court trial. He used a local engraver to cut all the wall and roof pieces out of styrene to speed up the process. Includes photos of the diorama, and the story of him bringing it to court.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-01
Page:
122
Author:
Bill Darnaby
Category:
Structures - Trackside
This article describes how to model the piping and infrastructure for the controls of an interlocking tower. Includes lots of close-up detail photos and diagrams, including a detailed drawing of a prototype turnout point mechanism.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1977-12
Page:
69
Author:
C.J. Riley
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Gauley Valley Feeds photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
80
Author:
Don Manlick
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Schnabel flatcar.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-09
Page:
71
Author:
Don Cassler
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Model of a modern truck-dump coal loader from a prototype located on the Clinchfield RR.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-06
Page:
69
Author:
Jerry Cox
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Single-stall enginehouse with complete interior detailing.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-06
Page:
97
Author:
Robert E. Boudreau
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Two-stall enginehouse with complete interior detailing.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-09
Page:
83
Author:
John H. Shephard
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A photo of a nice coal mine and double tipple structure based on no particular prototype.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-02
Page:
77
Author:
James A. Ferguson
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
A neat gas station and repair shop with an upstairs area.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-11
Page:
79
Author:
Don Fiehmann
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment talks about how to keep roadbed and track in good shape. It covers creating removable section of scenery to access turnout machines, creating track cleaner cars using the John Allen method, creating a magnet car for pickup metal parts, and creating your own rerailer.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-10
Page:
96
Author:
Tim Dudley
Category:
Modules
The author describes his folding sectional layout which fits in the family's RV trailer.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2008 #062
Page:
14
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The article reviews the Fairbanks-Morse H10-44 switcher and includes prototype photos, scale drawings, unit numbers and their information.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #113
Page:
8
Author:
Bruce Smith
Category:
Cabooses
After covering the history of the PRR N5 classes of cabin cars, the author reviews the model produced by Bowser in HO-scale. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #114
Page:
16
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Locomotives - F3
The author offers some historical information and then reviews the model. Includes one prototype photo and several model photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #114
Page:
6
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Locomotives - 4-6-2
After covering the history of this locomotive, the author provides the details about the various versions that BLI released, and then reviews his sample model. Includes several prototype photos and many model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-12
Page:
109
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Freight Cars
Creating a model of the piggyback conversion covered in the prototype article in this magazine issue (see page 104). Many detail drawings and bill of materials.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #072
Page:
34
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
After describing his layout, the author discusses how he built the "KASE" tower in Sunbury, PA. Several construction photos accompany the article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-11
Page:
78
Author:
Allen Keller
Category:
Layouts
Allen Keller personal layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-04
Page:
45
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
Using an Accurail kit, the author super-detailed the model. Includes prototype and model photos, a materials list, and a prototype roster.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-06
Page:
74
Author:
Al Kalbfleisch
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The model is based on Union Pacific coaling stations. The article includes model and construction photos, prototype photos, parts list, and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-12
Page:
85
Author:
Ed Freeman
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Covers the S-2 switcher in general and the Boston & Maine in specific. The author used an undecorated Atlas/Roco S-2 to build his model. Several prototype and model photos are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1981-08
Page:
61
Author:
George Selios
Category:
Structures - Industrial
George describes, in a step-by-step method, how to model what are the remains of a burnt-out building. Includes photos of the completed scene.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-03
Page:
57
Author:
Dennis Eggert
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author used a pair of Kato GP35 locomotives as the base units and a Kato F3 for various parts. The article includes lots of close-up construction photos, several prototype photos, and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-02
Page:
74
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author used an Intermountain kit to build this model. Includes prototype and model photos, including construction close-ups. The article has a sidebar on how to model rivets using the Archer Fine Transfers, which are decal-like sheets that allow modeling of straight rows of rivets.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-10
Page:
75
Author:
Ray Meyer
Category:
Scenery - Homes and Lots
Using all parts of the Busch cabbage plant kits, the author describes how he modeled them without breaking the bank.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-03
Page:
88
Author:
D. Derek Verner
Category:
Scenery - People & Animals
The author describes how he built a painted turntable, through which light shines and is reflected above in the scene that simulates a camp fire.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-08
Page:
72
Author:
Herb Gishlick
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
In this 23' by 27' layout, the author has attempted to stay up-to-date with the current times in his layout. Some structures have been modified over the years to reflect what happened to them in the real world over the years.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-04
Page:
22
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-04
Page:
53
Author:
Matthew Snell
Category:
Automobiles
A modern locomotive service truck built from a Bolley's GMC Topkick tanker. Many close-up detail photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-03
Page:
82
Author:
Ken Edmier
Category:
Freight Cars - Coil
Article includes prototype and model photos, construction close-up photos, and a materials list. Also included is a section and some photos on how the author made the loads for the car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-09
Page:
48
Author:
Mark Sharp
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Article include several prototype photos of these diesels that were inherited from Penn Central. The majority of the article is following the author along with how he build one of these model pretty much from the ground up. Lots of detailed model photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-06
Page:
72
Author:
Denis Doucet
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Conrail has 116 of these engines. Starting with an Athearn model the author describes how he built a model of this engine.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-06
Page:
70
Author:
Cyril Durrenberger
Category:
Structures - Industrial
HO-scale drawings of the various buildings that make up a complete cotton gin, overhead drawing of the layout of the buildings, and model photos of the completed project.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-12
Page:
75
Author:
Pierre Dion
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author used resin kits to build the models. Includes prototype and model photos, close-up detail construction photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-04
Page:
52
Author:
Mike Chandler
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
This article covers the history and the model construction of a western Canada water tower that is of octagonal shape. Includes scale drawings, how to make the roof, and how to make the water spout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-07
Page:
104
Author:
Don Wirth
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
The article describes how the author bought a PRR Akane brass engine, and converted it into the Frisco model.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-11
Page:
20
Author:
Ken Edmier
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
Covers modeling gondolas built by Fruehauf in 1971 and 1972 for Penn Central using Rail Yard Models kits. Article includes many model and prototype photos. Includes using the Coiled Wire load made by Chooch Enterprises.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1992-05
Page:
76
Author:
Allan N. Houghton
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Companies lease equipment to see if it is useful to them, without actually having to buy it. GATX (General American Transportation Corp) leases equipment to railroads. The author used a Con-Cor HO-scale Conrail MP15 to create a model of the MP15 leased by St. Lawrence & Atlantic RR in 1991. A bill of materials and several detail diagrams are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-06
Page:
55
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The author makes a Con-Cor 52'6" mill gondola into a true representation of the PRR G31. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-01
Page:
122
Author:
Harry W. Brunk
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The article contains drawings and scale diagrams for a ramp to load heavy equipment onto flat cars.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-08
Page:
76
Author:
Jim Cancino, Ken Goslett
Category:
Model Automobiles and Trucks
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-01
Page:
62
Author:
Robert Kessler
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using a Front Range phase III GP9 and a Proto 2000 GP18, the author describes the changes he made to accurately model these two engines. Prototype and model photos are included, as well as a parts list and a listing of the LV's paint schemes.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-11
Page:
47
Author:
Chuck Davis
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
A large number of the Lehigh Valley's gondola fleet were these 50-foot 13-rib straight side gondolas. The author used two Accurail 41-foot USRA steel gondola models to kitbash one of these cars. He describes the process he went through. The article includes one prototype photo, several close-up model photos, prototype roster, scale drawings, and describes how to make a steel plate load for the car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-04
Page:
77
Author:
David Yadock
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author shows his technique for using a threaded rod and aluminum foil to simulate thin-walled pipe.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-11
Page:
97
Author:
C. C. Crow
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how to model masonry buildings using a firehouse in Orbisonia, Pennsylvania as an example. The article covers how to cast with hydrocal, how to scribe the bricks, and how to put the structure together. Includes a scaled drawing of the building, and mold-making photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-02
Page:
83
Author:
Otto Vondrak
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes how the Rochester Institute of Technology MRR Club used a 34-foot, twin-bay hopper, just like the prototype, as a sand storage facility. Several other parts make up this scene, which doesn't require much space. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-11
Page:
72
Author:
Frank Cicero
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how to model a modernday Conoco gas station. The reason why I found this article so interesting is that this is the very gas station where I get gas every week! I never met the author, so I don't know why he picked that particular station, which is located in the far west side of Houston, Texas. The model he built looks exactly like the station.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-08
Page:
58
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The article covers how to build an outside-braced model of this well-known glass-jar logo boxcar. Includes many prototype photos, boxcar ORER, model construction photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-05
Page:
55
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
After describing the prototype, the author describes how he took an Intermountain flat car to model this New Haven car. Includes several prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-08
Page:
66
Author:
Jim Morin
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
After a brief history about the engine, the author describes how he super-detailed a Rivarossi USRA Mikado. What is interesting about this article, even if you are not interested in this particular prototype, is that there are lots of close-up detail photos with each of the parts identified by name. A great way to learn more about steam locomotives in general.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-01
Page:
92
Author:
Tom Schmieder
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
The author built one single-track snowplow using the existing Walthers kit, and one double-track snowplow using a brass Overland Models kit. Many construction photos as well as some prototype photos are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-11
Page:
86
Author:
Bob Kessler
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author used a Rivarossi model as a starting point, replacing the roof and adding many other details to make an accurate model of this car, which was a rebuild done in the 1950s. Includes a prototype photo, some model photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-12
Page:
68
Author:
Dennis Eggert
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author built this model using an Atlas RS-3 chassis and an undecorated Bowser/Stewart Phase IIa RS-3 shell. Includes prototype, model, and construction photos, as well as a parts list for this superdetailed model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-02
Page:
47
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he built this model from a Stewart Hobbies kit, including assembly and painting. There are many construction photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2022 #119
Page:
8
Author:
David C. Wilson
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author details, with text and many photos, how he built one of these cars starting with an NKP Car Company model. Includes prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-12
Page:
77
Author:
Chip Syme
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author built a model of the PRR passenger car that was recycled as a work train service car. Includes one prototype and several model photos
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2004-04
Page:
22
Co-author:
V.S. Roseman
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Walthers' new Railway Express Transfer Building and Freight House is modeled after a real structure in Jersey City, New Jersey. The article includes prototype photos and lots of construction photos. A large part about this article is the construction of a removable interior for the building.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2004-05
Page:
20
Author:
V.S. Roseman
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers how to install the interior into the building, completing the interior, and finalize the overall structure.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-08
Page:
45
Author:
Wayne A Sittner
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author shows how he uses various bits of leftover material to make a realistic-looking load for a gondola.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-07
Page:
55
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Locomotives - U25B
The author converts a Bowser U25B to make it look like the one he photographed in 1977.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-05
Page:
64
Author:
Brian Rudko
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes how he built this modern-day version of a sanding facility that includes a building that is no longer used (implying history). Includes scale drawings, materials list, and prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-11
Page:
52
Author:
Paul J. Dolkos
Category:
Layouts
It was a challenge for Chris White to build his 11' x 13' layout modeling the Russian prototype. The layout is small. A sidebar is included discussing the "joy of terminal operation".
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-07
Page:
72
Author:
Paul Maciulewicz
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype and model photos. Detail photos of the various enhancements made to the Life-Like 2K SD60 model.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-10
Page:
111
Author:
Tom Garrett
Category:
Freight Cars - Stock Cars
The author used a Westerfield kit to build a model of the Canadian Pacific's Fowler stockcar as it was in 1965 when it was used to carry petroleum products.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-05
Page:
70
Author:
Patrick Bopp
Category:
Freight Car Loads
Using tissue paper to cover loads that come from the parts bin.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-11
Page:
74
Author:
Wayne A Sittner
Category:
Structures - Trackside
This article covers how to build a model trailer that is used a temporary yard office. Includes several prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-07/10
Page:
67
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Automobiles
How to model a concrete mixer. Includes a parts list, a bit of prototype history, and terminology used in the concrete business.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2001-09
Page:
34
Author:
Steven J. Orth
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using an Athearn model, the author describes how he built this specific model. Includes model and prototype photos, including close-up construction photos, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-12
Page:
82
Author:
Pelle Soeborg
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using an Athearn model, the author created a modern version of an SD40T-2. Includes parts identification diagrams, lots of detail diagrams, and a full parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-07
Page:
54
Author:
John Morley
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author took a Rail Power Products shell and an Athearn underframe, and built this model. Includes a parts list, and several prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2004-03
Page:
22
Author:
Jeff Eggert
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The author started with a Proto 2000 52' 6" drop-end gondola kit, stripped the sides, and replaced them with modified brass panels to represents the damage done to them over time. Includes many detailed photos, several prototype photos, and information about how super-detail, paint, and weather the model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-03
Page:
52
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Trains
Using the shell of a Life-Like F40PH, the chassis by Proto Power West, and the cars by Con-Cor, this modern train can be modeled in HO. Includes prototype, model, and construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-12
Page:
88
Author:
Chick Curtis
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author built a small diesel engine terminal, which consists of an engine house, a fuel stand, a sand tower, and a sand house. He describes how he prepared the track area, and how he built the various structures including a utility pole. Includes some sketch diagrams.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-12
Page:
104
Author:
Mark Sharp
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype photos as well as model photos are included in this article about the EMD locomotives. There are also construction/detailing and paint masking photos of the models.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-06
Page:
69
Author:
Kris Kollar
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he super-detailed the Life-Like Proto 1000 model. Includes prototype and model photos, including close-ups of construction details and detail drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-03
Page:
65
Author:
Charles Derus
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Building a replica of the IC's 11280 boxcar. Mostly text, not many step-by-step photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-05
Page:
66
Author:
Gerry Gilliland
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how he scratchbuilt this Canadian gas station that looks like any small-town one. Includes a prototype photo, construction photos, scaled drawings, and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-06
Page:
48
Author:
Ray Muntz
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
After a brief history of the LIRR, the author describes how he used an Athearn MP15AC to model this engine. Includes prototype and model photos, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2017 #100
Page:
57
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Cabooses
The author describes the last of the four-wheeled "bobber" cabin cars. He uses an older wooden HO-scale kit to built his model. Includes several prototype photos, drawings, and many model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-03
Page:
66
Author:
Ken Lawrence
Category:
Locomotives - Gas Electric
The author describes how he converted a Branchline 80-foot coach kit into this powered coach. Includes a prototype photo, scaled drawing, and construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-04
Page:
70
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Industries
Prototype and model photos of a feed mill. Includes scale drawing and construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-03
Page:
74
Author:
Tom Busack
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using an Athearn GP50 to build this model. Includes prototype photos, unit roster, modification diagrams and photos, and parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-01
Page:
87
Author:
Carter Osborne
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
After a brief history, the author describes how he used unpowered Rail Power Products Dash 8-40B for the shell and an Athearn GP50 for the drive mechanism to model both of these engines. Includes model and prototype photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-02
Page:
56
Author:
Al Warren
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he started off with a Rail Power SD45 shell and an Athearn frame, along with many other parts to build this model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-07/10
Page:
62
Author:
Richard Bradley
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
In addition to several prototype photos, the article also includes model photos of how the author added exterior stairs to the buildings.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2006-02
Page:
22
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures
Creating homes and a church using either basswood or styrene. Detailed instructions, many photos, and a scale diagram for the church.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-01
Page:
98
Author:
William Baker
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Includes parts list, model and prototype photos for superdetailing models for this modern prototype.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-11
Page:
58
Author:
John R. Signor
Category:
Industries
The history and current state of the sugar beet industry is discussed in this article. Also included are scale drawings of a beet dump and loader located along the SP RR in San Ardo, CA. This article also describes the special beet gondolas used to transport the cargo. The article wraps up with information about how to model the structures, the cars, and the beets.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1980-09
Page:
72
Author:
G. Warren Reed
Category:
Scenery
Using lacy netting, the author describes how he makes realistic-looking fencing.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-02
Page:
62
Author:
Robert D. Turner
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
These engines were brought to the U.S. for possible tourist service from China. The article includes prototype photos of the engines in their native China and now in Iowa. The second half of the article covers how to model this engine using the Bachmann HO-scale model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2016-12
Page:
38
Author:
Richard Bradley
Category:
Scenery - Streets
The author describes how he modeled an alleyway at the backs of businesses. Also covers making the street surface, adding foundations to existing buildings, and making electricity poles with wiring. Includes many photos and a parts list. There is also a sidebar on how to make street lamp shades.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-10
Page:
58
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The Central Railroad of New Jersey bought their first F3 A-B-A sets in 1947. The author describes how he modeled these using Stewart engines. He covers how to strip the model off paint, how to super-detail it, and how to paint and letter it. Includes model and several prototype photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #118
Page:
27
Author:
Andy Miller
Category:
Passenger Cars
Information about these cars, as well as how to model one.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-03
Page:
75
Author:
Jeff Madden
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Consumers Fuel Co. is based in Martinburg, W. Va. The author build a selectively compressed model of the collection of structures. A prototype layout plan is provided. Scale drawings and possible trackplans are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-11
Page:
115
Author:
Bill McChesney
Category:
Scenery - Homes and Lots
The author presents ideas for modeling a stone fence using pieces of cork, and post fences using twigs with holes drilled in them for the barb wire.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-12
Page:
42
Author:
V.S. Roseman
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
REA would use old, but functional trucks during busy times, so one would see Model T delivery trucks into the 1950s sometimes. This article covers how to kitbash a Jordan 1929 REA Ford. Also discussed are how to model a 1/35 Chevrolet truck, and an S-scale REA truck. The article includes lots of model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-11
Page:
75
Author:
John Ostler
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
The author takes us step-by-step through the process of making trees from furnace filter material, and how to make palm-flower trees.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-05
Page:
82
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Adding cab details, painting, decal lettering, and weathering. Prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-07
Page:
76
Author:
Vincent J. Lee
Category:
Layouts - HO - Modular
Using two doors, the author modeled a slightly compressed version of the terminal. Includes prototype and model photos, and a track plan (of the prototype and the final model).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-02
Page:
59
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Structures - Homes
The author used his in-laws' real farm in Minnesota as a go-by for building this model. There are many prototype photos and scale drawings accompanying the article. The large article also covers creating and installing crops of soybeans.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-11
Page:
95
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author describes his visit to Joe Heumphreus' 15'x20' Sierra Railway layout. Includes many photos of the layout and the equipment run on it, as well as a track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-03
Page:
87
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article covers Bill Kachel's Pennsylvania Railroad Cosmopolitan Division. It measures 52' x 88' and is set in 1965. After the basic introduction, this article is a photo essay documenting the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1997-07
Page:
64
Author:
Charles Sims
Category:
Layouts
A simple, but nice double-mainline layout measuring 5' by 12'.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-09
Page:
72
Author:
Paul J. Dolkos
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The article covers all the parts that make up a grade crossing, with prototype spacings and distances between the various components. Scale drawings are included for the crossing signals and gates.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-08
Page:
64
Author:
Trevor Marshall
Category:
Cabooses
Reworking a brass caboose.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #037
Page:
36
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Structures - Trackside
This installment covers some variations on the basic single-arm PL mast signal. Includes model and prototype photos, wiring diagrams, prototype engineering drawing of the signal head, and some model construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-10
Page:
22
Author:
Ray Tutaj, Jr.
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Prototype and modeling photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2001-09
Page:
25
Author:
unaccredited
Category:
Model Automobiles and Trucks
Using the Walthers cab-over tractors kit, the author built two models. Includes super-detailing parts list and some model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-06
Page:
56
Author:
Jim Hertzog
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article describes the history of the Lehigh & Hudson River Railway's RS3s and how to model them using an Atlas engine. Includes prototype and model photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-08
Page:
54
Author:
Rob Davis
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Article includes prototype and model photos. After discussing the prototype, the article describes how to model this locomotive using Kato's SD80MAC and SD90/43MAC.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2012-01
Page:
61
Author:
Tony Thompson
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
Kitbashing and scratchbuilding were needed to build a unique tank car. Details construction photos accompany the article, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-11
Page:
22
Author:
Stuart Thayer
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype and model photos. Includes a materials list.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-08
Page:
40
Author:
Mark Sharp
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Model and prototype photos. Many detail installation and construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-10
Page:
72
Author:
Jim Morin
Category:
Locomotives - 4-6-2
Number 57 left Duluth with the North Coast Limited and returned as number 58. The author started with Model Power's USRA Light Pacific. Article includes model and prototype photos, scale drawings and detail close-ups.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2017 #100
Page:
101
Author:
Bob Chapman
Category:
Passenger Cars
As part of the Cincinnati Limited, the author describes the prototype car, and shows how he modeled it.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #073
Page:
23
Author:
Bob Chapman
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author kitbashed a Rivarossi observation car body and Laser Horizons' side panels. Covers the history and includes a prototype photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 1997-10
Page:
45
Author:
Stuart Thayer
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes a bit of history about these two switchers, and then describes how he modeled them. For the SW7 he used an undecorated Athearn model as a starting point. For the SW9 he used the Life-Like Proto2000 PRR model. The article includes model photos, detail drawings, prototype photos of both engines, and tables listing the PRR roster of both engines.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-12
Page:
58
Author:
Rob Davis
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Article includes history of the 2-10-0 destined for Russia in the early 1900s. 200 of these didn't make it there, so the article covers where they ended up and more specifically covers the P&R 1127. Includes many prototype photos. Many close-up photos of the modifications made to the model are also included.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #109
Page:
33
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
The author starts with modeling the 90F81A BLI L1S tender.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2017 #099
Page:
12
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The series starts off by covering battery boxes, which housed the batteries to power nearby signals, crossing gates, flashers, and other electrical devices. Includes many model and prototype photos, scaled drawings, and instructions for how to model them in HO-scale.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2015 #094
Page:
27
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Passenger Cars
The X42 60-foot box car was used to store mail (pre-sorted and bagged). The author describes how he built the Funaro&Camerlengo resin kit of this car.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-08
Page:
98
Author:
David Bott
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author describes how to find the proper logs out in the backyard, how to prepare them, and how to install them on a bulkhead car. Includes a sidebar on how pulpwood is moved by rail in the real world.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-09
Page:
34
Author:
Larry Cannon
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Prototype and model photos of pulpwood stacks and transportation.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-03
Page:
35
Author:
Rob Spangler
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
The author describes how he modeled slower-moving water ways on his layout, including covering the construction of the abutments and the bridges that go over them. Includes many construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-02
Page:
80
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Structures
The author shows and describes how to use automotive putty to model ridge shingles on the roof line.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-05
Page:
40
Author:
Scott Lupia
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he kit-bashed a Broadway Limited E6 A-unit. Includes a number of prototype photos, many construction photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-11
Page:
58
Author:
Mike Boland
Category:
Passenger Cars
In 1961 the LIRR bought 26 heavy-weight parlor car from its parent the PRR. These were re-painted. Some PRR-leased cars were also used (kept in the PRR color scheme). The author describes how he modeled them using Walthers' cars. Includes LIRR and PRR prototype photos, and a couple of completed model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-05
Page:
59
Author:
Bruce DeYoung
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes where slate roofs are found, how the roofs are made, and how to model them.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-01
Page:
66
Author:
David Leider
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
These ten cars were built in 1924. The author built his model from a flat car kit, a roof from another kit, and scratchbuilt the main body. Many prototype and model construction photos, as well as scale drawings are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-02
Page:
102
Author:
Rick Selby
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author started with an Athearn GP38-2 model and super-detailed it. Includes detailing diagram and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-12
Page:
82
Author:
Jim King
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
These twin-bay steel hoppers are modeled by the author using an Athearn kit. The article includes prototype and model photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-09
Page:
84
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Scenery - Mountains
This article covers the construction of the tunnel. It includes prototype and modeled photos that share a striking resemblance.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-02
Page:
108
Author:
Lee Vande Visse
Category:
Freight Cars
Information on how to use tissue paper to model weathered freight car roofs.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-02
Page:
76
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Structures - Homes
Tenement housing provides opportunities for detailing. The article includes scale drawings, construction details, close-up photos, and a side-bar on how to make clothing.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-12
Page:
54
Author:
Stan White
Category:
Layouts
An 8' by 22' shelf layout set in 1946. Includes history about the Maryland and Pennsylvania railroad. The author covers how he built the layout and how it is operated.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-02
Page:
102
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author scratchbuilds one of these cars. Detail drawings, model construction photos, and a bill of materials are all included. Especially impressive is the underbody electrical wiring that he installed on this model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-12
Page:
56
Author:
Tom Griffiths
Category:
Structures - Bridges
The author built this bridge using slides he took in the 1970s before the bridge was removed. Includes prototype and model photos, scale drawings, complete construction details, and a sidebar on how to integrate a car float into layout operations.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-03
Page:
89
Author:
Gregory M. LaRocca
Category:
Passenger Cars
Using the Model Railroad Warehouse etched brass sides and ends for the B-27 Horse-Baggage car, and several other parts, the author describes how he built this B&O car (some prototype history is included). Includes many construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-06
Page:
60
Author:
Rusty Recordon
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author continues the series by describing how he scratchbuilt the structure. Also includes one more prototype photo and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-02
Page:
57
Author:
Al Warren
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Prototype and modeling photos, as well as scale drawings of this modern-day structure owned by the UP. It houses the yardmaster's office, crew quarters, and training center for new employees.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2003 #005
Author:
Tom Hayden
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
This article starts off describing how the author built this engine from a Bowser boiler and a PennLine chassis and tender. Includes construction photos as well as detail drawings.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #006
Author:
Tom Hayden
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
This installment covers building the tender, painting, weathering, and applying decals (including drawings of prototype placement of the decals), and installing wiring, DCC, and lighting.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-01
Page:
80
Author:
Richard Newmiller
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
This structure was originally built as a farmhouse, but was soon after converted to the yard offices for the EBT's yard in Orbisonia, PA. The author describes how he took the photos, converted those photos to HO-scale, and constructed the model from those drawings. The walls were cast in plaster, and he even copied the exact layout of the random stones. A sidebar on how to scratchbuild double-hung windows is included. There are many prototype and model construction photos accompanying this article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-12
Page:
60
Author:
Debie Baker-Snell
Category:
Scenery - Streets
The author presents the various solutions her and her husband have found to temporarily decorate their HO-scale layout for the Christmas holidays. Ideas include wreaths, garland, blow-up yard decorations, street light decorations, a lit Christmas tree, hanging signs, town square display, and figures.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-07
Page:
94
Author:
Eric Lundberg
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built the tipple. Includes model and prototype photos, and scale drawings.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #115
Page:
32
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Passenger Trains
After describing the historical event, the author covers how he modeled the passenger cars that were part of the train.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-08
Page:
70
Author:
Robert F. Fischer
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
This article covers many steam locomotives of the CNJ. It contains many prototype photos, and a track diagram of the Wilkes-Barre Mountain area. A sidebar discusses the details of a CNJ Mikado.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-09
Page:
50
Author:
Robert J. Davis
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author describes how he converted a Broadway Limited USRA Heavy Mikado into a model of this locomotive. The articles includes a parts list, modeling photos (including intermediate modifications).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-10
Page:
66
Author:
Robert J. Davis
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
This installment of the article concludes by discussing the tender, its sound system, added details, and painting and lettering.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-12
Page:
76
Author:
Clark Propst
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he was committed to modeling this town using the actual trackplan. Prototype and model photos are includes, as well as prototype trackplans for the diesel house and the depot area. The layout trackplan is also included. Finally, he covers the three "jobs" in how the layout (and the prototype) is operated.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-07
Page:
98
Author:
Eric Lundberg
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Modeling a small mine complex. Includes prototype and model photos, including scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-09
Page:
70
Author:
Art Danz
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author used an Athearn SD9 model to create a copy of this engine. Includes the prototype's history, roster, photos, as well as model photos and parts list.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2008 #061
Page:
9
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This installment covers modeling the PRR's X26c using the Sunshine resin kit. Includes model and prototype photos, service information,
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #112
Page:
26
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Co-author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This installment focuses on the Pennsy's X26c kit by Funaro & Camerlengo. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2008 #062
Page:
6
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Discusses the PRR's X37b class using the Sunshine resin kit. Includes a full description of the prototype, with photos of the prototype and the model.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #073
Page:
30
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
This installment covers modeling the F30 class. Includes prototype and model photos. The author took a brass F31 model and cut it to the right length to model the F30.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2007 #053
Page:
11
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
Prototype and research information, as well as information about how to build a model in HO-scale of the PRR's G28.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2017 #100
Page:
11
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This is a repeat of an earlier article.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #112
Page:
8
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers updates regarding the G31A, G31B, G31D, and G35 classes. Includes several prototype photos, and model super-detailing close-ups.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2003 #003
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers the GR and three-foot longer GRa. These were created around the 1900s and most were retired by the 1950s. It was essentially a flat car with wooden side extensions. Includes model photos, original scale drawing, and complete description of the construction of the Funaro & Camerlengo resin kit. The GRa model is built from a Westerfield kit.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2017 #100
Page:
8
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers the PRR's GR and GRa classes of gondolas. Several HO-scale models are mentioned as possible models, but the Funaro & Camerlengo resin kit is the one used in this article. F&C also made an S-scale model of this kit. Includes many construction photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2003 #004
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers the class GS and GSh, which were built between 1902 and 1909 and retired into the 1940s and 1950s. They were short (40-ft) cars. The article describes how the author modeled these cars using HO-scale resin kits from several manufacturers.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #006
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers the G22 class (including various sub-classes) of these 46-foot gondolas.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #007
Page:
29
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers the G24 class, which includes prototype photos and drawings and model photos of the PSC HO-scale model.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #008
Page:
35
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers the G25 class of gondolas. Includes prototype information, a diagram, and one photo. The rest of the article reviews the Westerfield and Walthers models and what the author did to improve them.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2004 #009
Page:
32
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This installment covers the G26 class gondolas, the first of the 65-foot long ones. After a good-sized historical account of this class of car, the author describes his building of the Eastern Car Works HO-scale kit.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2004-10
Page:
91
Author:
Rusty Recordon
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Building the flat cars from parts of other kits.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #037
Page:
28
Author:
Steve Hoxie
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Describes how the author created an accurate model of this car. The article includes many large close-up photos, a scale drawing of the prototype car, and a sidebar and what models are available in HO, N, and O-scale.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-11
Page:
109
Author:
Chuck Yungkurth
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author shows how he scratchbuilt one of these cars. Includes model photos and construction detail drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-11
Page:
46
Author:
Don James
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author used a Bachmann GE 70-tonner for this project. The article covers detailing and painting the engine, and installing DCC and sound. One prototype photo and a parts list are also included.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #117
Page:
8
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author shares information about how he is modeling the yard in his 50'x23' layout. Includes prototype and model photos. as well as the track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-01
Page:
97
Author:
Eric Miller
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author's layout is built around the theme of the SP and SF's merger being approved (it was rejected in the real world). The layout measures 34'x30', and the article includes a track plan and many photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2009-01
Page:
25
Author:
Ken Larsen
Category:
Industries
This article describes what makes iron and steel manufacturing a good candidate for modeling, and what it takes to plan a steel mill-based layout. It describes the basics of a steel mill, what types of cars are used, and which materials are needed, processed, and produced,
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1984-07
Page:
30
Author:
Cliff Crow
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Extras:
This installment starts off the project of building a model of this depot made out of hydrocal castings. Although the focus is the depot, it is actually a good article on how to make castings.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1984-08
Page:
61
Author:
Cliff Crow
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Extras:
The final installment covers completing the construction of the entire depot.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 2000-01
Page:
22
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
A complete tour, with lots of photos, of the layout. Includes track plans and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-02
Page:
77
Author:
Clark Propst
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The M&St.L had 700 boxcars built in 1952 that were painted a signature green. In addition to the history, the author also describes how to model this car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-02
Page:
64
Author:
John Ostler
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
This article describes how the author builds HO-scale tight lock fences. Includes prototype photos and photos of the construction of the fence (including a jig).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-10
Page:
72
Author:
Ted Culotta
Category:
Freight Cars
This is a sidebar to a larger article, in which the author describes the finer details about how to properly attach a running board (a.k.a. roof walk) to a box car. Also described are how to install the end supports and straps, as well as grab irons.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2022-02
Page:
73
Author:
Greg Baker
Category:
Track
The author shows how to make a Peco turnout look more realistic.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1982-03
Page:
72
Author:
George Selios
Category:
Track
George shows and describes how he colors flextrack ties and rails, applies ballast, and weathers track. Includes several model and many prototype photos.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-06
Page:
21
Author:
Pete Moffett
Category:
Structures - Trackside
How to build a model of a narrow gauge track scale. Includes how to glue down track using Walthers Goo.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-08
Page:
90
Author:
Don Janes
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Super-detailing and installing DCC and sound in two GP9's. Article shows many close-up photos, as well as a diagram for a brake cylinder pipe bending jig.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-03
Page:
72
Author:
Erik Bergstrom
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-10
Page:
97
Author:
Ken Robbins
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
Modeling this motor car is a challenge since it is basically a flat car with two small cabins on top, with mostly open space. The author accomplished this using a NWSL Sagami motor mounted under the frame. Photos of part close-ups are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-02
Page:
87
Author:
Neil Schofield
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
The author describes building a low-height trestle bridge that runs across a lake. Includes photos of the entire construction process.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-04
Page:
34
Author:
Jerry Peterson
Category:
Layouts
A large layout in moderate space. The scenery reaches floor to ceiling. A huge helix dominates the space representing logging industry.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-10
Page:
75
Author:
John Ostler
Category:
Structures - Bridges
The author describes how to work with these nbw castings, and how to install them with greater success. A trestle bridge bent is used as an example in this article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
65
Author:
Jim Slaughter
Category:
Freight Cars - Autorack
The author describes how he improved and modernized the Bachmann auto transporter car to better fit in the 1970s or 80s. Includes prototype photos of many railroads' cars.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #116
Page:
12
Author:
Bruce Smith
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The Intermountain kit was for the as-built, composite, version of the car, so that author describes how he modified it to have steel sides, as that was done in the PRR during the 1930s. He shows how he modified the car, using brass for the new sides, adding Archer 3D rivets, and added weight to the model.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2003-03
Page:
34
Author:
Cyril Durrenberger
Category:
Freight Cars - Log Cars
Houston, East and West Texas Railroad log car. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #113
Page:
13
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Locomotives - 2-10-0
The author describes how he modified the BLI models to accurately represent the engines he found in the book on the branch. Includes model and prototype photos, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-10
Page:
87
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The article describes how the author added detailing to the basic model, matching its prototype. Includes a prototype photo and several close-up model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-10
Page:
48
Author:
Keith Albright
Category:
Model Railroads and People
Although this large article contains many beautiful photographs of the club's various modules, the main crux of the text covers the pro's and con's of club memberships, how to form a modular club, and how the club's standards were formed. Quite a bit of text is devoted to how modules are constructed and transported.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-11
Page:
110
Author:
Joseph Scorsone
Category:
Signaling
Using 14-pin header plugs and DIP sockets (used for integrated circuits) to make it easy to remove signals for dusting and layout maintenance without having to worry about the wiring.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-06
Page:
42
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author shows how he built a freelanced feed mill from scratch for very little money. Structure includes a covered driveway, transformer posts and platform, and is accompanied by scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-01
Page:
64
Author:
Bob Walker
Category:
Scratchbuilding
The author is learning how to cast structures in plaster, and this month's experience includes building a masonry building. The finished model is beautiful.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-06
Page:
44
Author:
Brent Ciccone
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he built a storage case for each locomotive, so that they can be driven onto and off of it onto the layout without needing to touch the engines. Includes many construction and usage photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2006-02
Page:
28
Author:
Ted York
Category:
Scenery - Mountains
Creating a 3D backdrop of the famous Mormon Rocks, Utah. Includes step-by-step photos of how the author built this scene.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-03
Page:
40
Author:
Jim Providenza
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article is a "railfan" view of Jim's layout, with lots of close-up photos. Includes a lower-level revision track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-12
Page:
120
Author:
Jack L. Baer
Category:
Locomotives - 4-8-2
The author shows how to accurately measure and calculate an engine's scale model speed.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-11
Page:
106
Author:
Michael Rogers
Category:
Layout Design
Designs for various custom modules that allow the author to build a layout that can be moved.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-09
Page:
55
Author:
Ken Wilson, Mary Barstow
Category:
Layouts
A layout that fills an entire room, except for access holes.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-12
Page:
87
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Structures - Trackside
This article describes how the author built moving switch stand targets. The only restriction is that the targets are not on the turnout's headblocks. It includes construction diagrams and photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-06
Page:
140
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Track
Bob Opie shares his construction of a track cleaning car that uses two blocks of wooden on trucks, with a block freely sliding vertically in between them, with a rubber band providing the downward pressure, which does the actual track cleaning work. The block can be Homasote or a Bright Boy.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-01
Page:
104
Author:
Paul Lally
Category:
Model Railroads and People
The author talks about how he got some model railroading to appear in the popular children's show. He describes how the trolley was built.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2016 #098
Page:
6
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
The author's review of this model starts off with stating that MTH does not work the PRRT&HS Modeling Committee, which results in a model that isn't quite as accurate as the HO-scale Broadway Limited Imports' H10s model, where the Committee's advice was sought. The MTH model has some innovative features that are covered in the article. A listing of the inaccuracies are made in the article, with ideas on how to resolve those, if the modeler is interested. The article comes with a lot of close-up photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2003 #003
Author:
Nicholas P. Nagrant
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
This article covers the PRR's Jordan spreader and Russell Single-Track snow plows. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1995-11
Page:
62
Author:
George Selios
Category:
Structures - Countryside
The author built four versions of the grain mill (in S- and HO-scale) until he was happy with it. He describes how he built the model shown in the photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-02
Page:
100
Author:
Timothy Barnum
Category:
Track
The author shares the mistakes he made and what he did to correct them in building his first hand-made turnout. He consulted both Charlie Comstock's video and the Fast Track turnout templates.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-12
Page:
61
Author:
Robert Hogan
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author shares photos and his impressions as a visitor (and photographer and operator) of this famous layout. Bob's own Sn3 layout has some influences of John's layout in it, shown in a sidebar.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-10
Page:
32
Author:
Paul Templar
Category:
Layouts
Lots of model photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #108
Page:
20
Author:
Bruce F. Smith
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author shares how he created etched brass decking for the F34 car.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-07
Page:
68
Author:
Russell M. Griffin
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
This scratchbuilt structure provides a single-stall for a steam-era enginehouse, which includes a small repair shed. The author details how he built the walls to give them strength, while still maintaining the board-by-board construction look. Scale drawings are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-05
Page:
88
Author:
Michael and Jim Tylick
Category:
Layout Design
A large bedroom track plan modeling the Housatonic's Canaan to Pittsfield line.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-10
Page:
96
Author:
Jim Hoffman
Category:
Locomotives - 4-6-2
The author describes how he replaced the frame and mechanism of a badly-behaving brass locomotive with Bowser parts.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-10
Page:
72
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Layout Design
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-09
Page:
72
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Product Review
In addition to the engines review, the article also includes a brief history of this locomotive.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-12
Page:
190
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Building and painting a B36-7. Includes prototype and model photos, and a parts list for super-detailing the model.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1992-05
Page:
59
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Cabooses
Background information about the radio-equipped wood cabooses, followed by how the author modified his Overland brass model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2016-12
Page:
64
Author:
William E. Botkin
Co-author:
Victor Hand
Category:
Electronics
After setting up the requirements for their lighting system, the author set out to design, build, and test the components. The result is a design can be adjusted for each individual passenger car, is economical, and is truly flicker-free. Includes a parts list, and how to wire up a passenger car truck for electrical pick-up.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-01
Page:
116
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The articles shows how the author constructed an automobile garage based on the one in Troy, New York. Includes a prototype photo, model photos, scaled drawings, detail drawings, and color signs for the building (HO-scale).
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-01
Page:
88
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
These cars were built by the N&W in 1920 and had a 100-ton capacity. The article includes scale drawings, and two model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-02
Page:
88
Author:
Jim Morin
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author converts an undecorated Atlas RS-3 into a model of this locomotive. Article includes prototype photos and model details.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-05
Page:
39
Author:
Rob Corriston
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built this heavy weathered fertilizer warehouse modeled after one in Ringoes, N.J. Includes models photos and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-07
Page:
57
Author:
Jeff Johnston
Category:
Scratchbuilding
This article covers how to better install the NBW castings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-11
Page:
72
Author:
Al Sohl
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
In this brief article, which includes one model photo, the author describes how he modeled a scene where the Model T owner is looking on his flat tire, with emphasis on how to properly make the tire look flat.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-01
Page:
116
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he kitbashed the Superior Sandwich Factory structure.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-06
Page:
52
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Structures - Bridges
Bridge construction
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
184
Author:
Peter Goudinoff
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Why go through all the effort to make benchwork, when you can lay all the track on a wooden floor in a spare room. The author describes how he helps his son build a track plan that can have multiple trains running.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-04
Page:
105
Author:
Greb Baker
Category:
Modules
Having won the annual TOMA challenge, the author, a professional railroad, describes his module, how he built it, and how it will fit into his eventual whole-room layout. Includes track plans, and a cost break-down of the module's construction.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-05
Page:
122
Author:
David Popp
Category:
Animated
A brief description of a diagram that shows how to using a fascia-mounted push-pull knob to open and close gates on a spur.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1975-04
Page:
54
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The author scratchbuilt a number of large-scale-like switch stands to actually control the turnouts on his layout. They operate like the real thing. The author cautions that these only work on hing-type turnouts, and not on continuous-rail turnouts. Includes many construction diagrams, including jigs.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-11
Page:
34
Author:
Mike Confalone
Category:
Operations
The author shares his experience holding operating sessions on his layout. Includes many photos of his layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-08
Page:
68
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
After an introduction to Gil Freitag and his layout, the author covers how Gil treats operating his layout. Includes a track plan of Gil's layout, and lots of photos of his fantastic models.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2006-02
Page:
34
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Track
Other track configurations that accomplish the same thing as a double-switch, but they do take up more space.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-12
Page:
86
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layout Construction
The Model Railroader magazine staff built this layout in front of a live audience at the 50th anniversary of the NMRA. The new 4'-7" x 8'-6" layout is intended to extend the Kitty Hawk Central they covered starting with the December, 1981 issue of MR. The article includes behind-the-scenes photos, a track plan, and discusses the construction of the bench work, track and wiring. It also includes sidebars on creating and installing end-of-train devices, and the construction of their simple switch machine.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-11
Page:
36
Author:
P.J. Mattson
Category:
Layouts
This large, double-deck layout covers over 42 feet by more than 20 feet. There is a lot of traffic on this layout. Includes many photos and a trackplan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-11
Page:
118
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Painting & Weathering
This issue's column discusses how the author painted a SCL GP38 using the "Family Lines System" logo on a three-color paint scheme.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-01
Page:
138
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Information about painting this model
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-07
Page:
97
Author:
Michael Tylick
Category:
Scenery - Homes and Lots
The author describes how to accomplish the same painted-on signs look on buildings like George Selios does.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-11
Page:
146
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
The author takes you through all the steps required to paint a brass steam locomotive.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-06
Page:
80
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Taking an Athearn model, and adding some details, produced a model of this engine. Parts list included as well as some model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-08
Page:
82
Author:
Bob Mitchell
Category:
Painting & Weathering
Various stages of painting and weathering are shown for modeling brick and stones.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-09
Page:
100
Author:
Bob Kress
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Using press-on lettering and a couple of airbrushing techniques, the author shows how to model faded signs on brick buildings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-10
Author:
James Whatley
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author shares his method for painting wheelsets with an airbrush, but with no masking required.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-02
Page:
71
Author:
Stan Rydarowicz
Category:
Freight Cars
The author shows techniques for painting plastic models such that their floors look like they're made from wood using an airbrush. Very realistic looking.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1978-09
Page:
42
Author:
Dean Foster
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Using punchings from check-cancelling machines in banks, the author makes leafs for his trees. The tree trunks are made from natural plant materials.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-03
Page:
56
Author:
Paul J. Dolkos
Category:
Passenger Cars
The article is about building the cars you want for your fleet by combining unique sides with common carbodies. The author started with an HO-scale Eastern Car Works car, removed the molded-on details, added the new sides, updated the underbody detail, installed grab irons, added an interior, painted and applied decals, and installed diaphragms and window shades.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-07
Page:
44
Author:
V.S. Roseman
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Their construction on your railroad. Model photos. Cleaning Passenger Cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-12
Page:
80
Author:
Jim Richards
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author used three kits to make a unique building that resembles two structures on the Alaska RR. Includes cut list, parts list, and detailed construction notes.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-08
Page:
22
Author:
Albert P. Gibes
Category:
Layouts
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-06
Page:
34
Category:
Layout Construction
ExactRail acquired Pelle's layout, who shipped it from Denmark. Includes many photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-02
Page:
24
Author:
Bob Dupont
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This 30' by 60' layout was being built by the Peninsula Model Railroad Club at the San Mateo (California) County Fair Grounds. The handlaid track is code 70. The photos include ones of unfinished areas so that we can see their benchwork.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-06
Page:
84
Author:
Kris Kollar
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author modified a Model Power model, which is a PRR RF-16 version, to model a PRR FR-15 one. Includes detail photos and diagrams, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-06
Page:
70
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author improves the Cannonball Car Shops' kit, which has some issues that don't compare well with the prototype. The article includes a bit of history on this car built by the PRR starting in 1912 (over 7,000 of them). Model construction photos and diagrams, as well as a parts list are included. Also included is one prototype photo and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1973-05
Page:
24
Author:
Rudy Kouhoupt
Category:
Freight Cars - Stock Cars
The PRR didn't have many stock cars, but the one the author built fits in the 1900s time frame. He built one in HO scale and one in 3/8" scale, Gauge 1. Includes a bit of history, model photos, construction photos, and construction and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-10
Page:
111
Author:
Keith Thompson
Category:
Passenger Cars
This article describes this particular passenger. There is a paragraph at the end on how to model it in HO-scale. Includes one prototype photograph and scaled diagrams.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 1999-01
Page:
25
Author:
Greg Martin
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
After a brief history of this car, the author describes how he modified an Accurail's 50' AAR car to build his model. Includes many model and prototype photos, and a sidebar called the "Guide to PRR Boxcar Lettering Schemes".
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-07
Page:
68
Author:
Irv Schulz
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
Building a freelanced crossing signal intended for a turn-of-the-century layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-01
Page:
102
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This is a kitbash based on the F&M Schaefer Brewery kit first marketed by AHM.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-12
Page:
78
Author:
Russell M. Griffin
Category:
Scenery - People & Animals
The author suggests that we should spend some extra time on our figures to make them be positioned in a pose other than the way the manufacturer produced them, and painted in a different style. European figures can be Americanized. Lots of tips on how to do these, as well as a good number of photos of examples.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-02
Page:
108
Author:
Carl Caiati
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Building western-U.S. pine trees from a dowel as the main trunk, and copper wire for the branches.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-09
Page:
64
Author:
Chuck Cover
Category:
Layout Design
The author describes why he designed his layout the way he did featuring the PRR's Shamokin branch. It is an island design with several peninsulas.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-05
Page:
88
Author:
M.J. Randall
Category:
Layout Construction
Using 1/2" inner-diameter PVC pipe to form the basis of the roadbed, which allows for natural easements in all three directions.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-07
Page:
57
Author:
Bill Goggin
Category:
Scenery - People & Animals
The author describes the ways he modifies figures to fit the scenes.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-06
Page:
76
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author starts off with how he built his silos and sheds. Includes a description of the jig he made to cut round PVC pipe.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-12
Page:
104
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Layouts
This 30" by 6-foot module seems to relay the busy L.A. port in a modern-day setting. The busy trackwork allows plenty of switching. It is designed to fit most HO-scale modular layout standards. The author built it on a movable cart for easy transport. Many construction photos are included, as are a trackplan and completed layout photos. There is a sidebar on the author's checklist of the do's and don't's of layout design
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
94
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Layout Construction
This module has lots of track and serves at least five industries. This installment covers cutting up commercial turnouts to make them fit, how to deal with rail size differences (code 100 to 83), wiring, switch stands, how to make roads, and how to have track buried in pavement.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-03
Page:
94
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Layout Construction
This final installment covers installing the removable liquid bulk terminal, adding details, using European kits, fencing, dirt, ballast, backdrop installation, and a sidebar on painting and weathering.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1976-10
Page:
48
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author wanted a simple turntable driver, so he uses a reversible 24-volt 2rpm DC timer motor, which is controlled with two pushbuttons. Includes model photos and detail drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-04
Page:
104
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - GP50
This article describes how the author painted an HO-scale Hallmark Santa Fe GP50. Before painting the author stresses making sure the model is a good runner by discussing couplers, tracking and traction, electrical pickup, and thinking about super-detailing. The "Paint Shop" column on page 114 of this issue shows the final result and includes painting instructions.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #2
Page:
55
Author:
Wes Ward
Category:
Layout Construction
Photos of a scene on Maynard Mitchell's C&NW Eagle River Valley, Wisconsin, railroad under construction.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-11
Page:
43
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Product Review
Jim provides a history of the RS-1 and then reviews the performance of the Kato HO-scale model.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2022 #120
Page:
29
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
Revised Metroliner diaphragm by Shapeways, and Rapido's PRR F30A, F30D, and F30G ready-to-run flat cars.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2023 #123
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
Reviewed is Walthers Proto PRR Class PS6L.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2015 #093
Page:
18
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author reviews the Broadway Limited Imports, LLC's recently-released HO-scale version of the Baldwin RF16A and RF16B freight locomotives. These locomotives include improvements over earlier models from other manufacturers such as correct nose contours, factory applied Trainphone apparatus and more details and features than the prior models. The article includes a brief historical overview of the prototype engines. Prototype and model photos are included to compare their details
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2022 #119
Page:
22
Author:
Jim Hunter
Category:
Product Review
Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-03
Page:
88
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Layouts
Completion of South Manchester is covered in this article. Trackplan and many (large) layout photos accompany the article.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2000-11/12
Page:
24
Author:
Jeff Scherb
Category:
Scenery - Streets
Adding animated lights via street traffic signals. The author uses LEDs to create HO-scale single-head, two-head, and overhead traffic lights. Construction and final product photos are included. Also covered is the construction of the electronic circuit that drives the traffic lights (both home-made and ready-made circuit boards and parts are discussed, including parts lists), how to power the circuit, and wiring the traffic lights.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-01
Page:
93
Author:
Douglas Fleming
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
This installment covers the Soo Line "Super Jumbo PS-2" covered hopper. Includes a prototype and a model photo, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-06
Page:
59
Author:
Robert Kessler
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This installment covers the Souther Pacific cushion underframe boxcars and how to model them.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-10
Page:
71
Author:
Charles Derus
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
This article covers the Rock Island covered hopper, and the author shows how he modeled one starting with a Eastern Car Works Airslide covered hopper kit. Includes model and prototype photos, as well as one drawing.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-08
Page:
42
Author:
Lou Sassi
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This 19' by 34' layout features the fictional merger of 5 eastern railroads set in eastern Pennsylvania in the late 1960s to early 1970s. The father and son team Bill and Steve Brown worked on this layout for over a decade.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2017 #099
Page:
27
Author:
Curt LaRue
Category:
Model Automobiles and Trucks
After a few prototype photos and some history behind these two-axle trailers, the author describes how he modeled them. Includes several model construction photos and diagrams.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-07
Page:
102
Author:
John Riddell
Category:
Product Review
The author reviews the HO-scale GLa hopper kits produced by Bowser after a description of the prototype cars. Includes one model and one prototype photo.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2015 #094
Page:
31
Author:
Greg Martin
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author describes improvements he has made to the Bowser model. A large part of the article is to simulate shadow-lines on the model, because our models are seldom viewed under ideal lighting conditions.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2015 #093
Page:
31
Author:
Ed Swain
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author scratchbuilt a compressed model of the Dennison, Ohio oil house from drawings found at the PRRT&HS archives.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #118
Page:
21
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
These were special cars for moving standard-gauge subway cars within regular freight trains. The shows how he built his, after introducing the prototype information and photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #116
Page:
16
Author:
Douglas Nelson
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
Much like the previous article, this one covers the conversion applied to an Intermountain N-scale version.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1981-04
Page:
80
Author:
Brady J. McGuire
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
After a bit of history behind the development of this particular hopper, the author builds his models from an Athearn 40-foot, 70-ton quad hopper (the two center hoppers have to be reworked). Prototype, and model and construction photos are includes, as well as a part list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2012-01
Page:
92
Author:
John Riddell
Category:
Product Review
Product review of the HO-scale by Rail Shop, which starts off with prototype information about this car, and then covers the construction of the kit.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-02
Page:
84
Author:
John Riddell
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
This is a product review of the Bowser model. It also includes quite a bit of history on the prototype car, including the N&W similar cars. Includes one model photo of the completed car.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #110
Page:
6
Author:
Bob Chapman
Category:
Model Railroad Shows
A photo essay of PRR models shown at the Chicagoland RPM.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #074
Page:
18
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Structures - Bridges
Covers the standard PRR highway-over-track bridges. Many good-quality close-up prototype photos show the construction and design of these bridges. Includes scale diagrams and step-by-step instructions on how to build one in HO-scale.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2008 #060
Page:
35
Author:
Al Buchan
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Includes only model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-01
Page:
6
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layout Construction
Joe is actually dismantling his Siskiyou Line layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-03
Page:
6
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Track
The author is considering not using any under-the-layout turnout throwing mechanisms for his new layout, but rather flicking the turnout by hand using an embedded spring. Power-routing will be done with frog juicers.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-07
Page:
5
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layout Construction
The author shares his progress of dismantling his current layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-08
Page:
5
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layout Construction
Layout design with the "shadowbox" look.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-09
Page:
5
Author:
Mike Musik
Category:
Layout Design
The author makes an argument for larger layouts, and how one might approach building a satisfying layout that grows over time.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-10
Page:
5
Author:
Eric Hansmann
Category:
Model Railroads and People
The author introduces himself as the editor-at-large for the magazine.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-10
Page:
66
Author:
Montford Switzer
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using a Funaro & Camerlengo Plymouth switcher, the author built a static model of a quarry critter.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-08
Page:
76
Author:
Chuck Hitchcock
Category:
Layout Construction
Using DAP All Purpose Adhesive Caulk or topper tape to more quickly lay flextrack (the tape provides a sub-roadbed).
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2006 #031
Page:
21
Author:
Bruce F. Smith
Category:
Passenger Cars
The author discusses the changes he made to this model to make it even more accurate. Includes lots of model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-03
Page:
72
Author:
Howard R. Lloyd
Category:
Operations
This article focuses on the ships used to transport goods that are carried by rail on land. It covers sea-going vessels, coastal vessels, harbor craft, car floats, and piers and cranes.
Magazine:
Trackside Model Railroading 2013-08
Author:
Jennifer Waters
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article describes Jim Pendley's 20'x46' layout which has as its focal point a replica of the Southern Pacific's Keddie Wye. The article includes lots of high-quality photos of the layout and the equipment running on the layout. There is also a link to video taken of the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-10
Page:
84
Author:
Bruce Petrarca
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Extras:
A visit to the PebbleCreek Model Railroad Club in Goodyear, AZ. Includes many photos of the layout, and one of their outdoor G-scale layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-08
Page:
53
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Layout Design
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-12
Page:
112
Author:
John R. Signor
Category:
Layout Construction
The author built a pull-out drawer that acts as a staging yard. It is located under his layout and can hold entire trains. Lining up the drawer with the yard track allows trains to be moved into and out of storage. The article describes how he built the drawer and the electronics needed to show a green or red light indicating the status of the drawer alignment.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-11
Page:
54
Author:
Bob Walker
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This club layout resided in Elmhurst, IL. It features four levels and mostly scratchbuilt structures and vast scenery. The club's history is covered.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1992-05
Page:
94
Author:
Carl Weaver
Category:
Layouts
This layout features Marklin trains of European descent. The author started building the layout in 1977. It includes overhead catenary, and typical European scenery.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-02
Page:
63
Author:
Robert McGinnis
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes his garage-based 7' x 16' layout that resides near the ceiling when not in use. Includes photos of the pulley system he built and many layout photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-01
Page:
82
Author:
Cyril Durrenberger
Category:
Layout Design
The author discusses the trackplan he developed for the Northern Pacific in Minnesota layout.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #111
Page:
18
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Product Review
The author reviews the ALCo RS-11 (DL-701) freight road units. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-11
Page:
112
Author:
Paul S. White
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
This fieldstone-covered small structure is made from Strathmore, balsa wood, and commercial doors and window castings. A scale drawing and some construction photos are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-10
Page:
95
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Painting, applying decals, and weathering of this car.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-03
Page:
61
Author:
Thomas Hillebrant
Category:
Locomotives - 2-6-0
The author describes a series of compromises he had to make to eventually create a 2-6-0 engine that ran well on his layout. Includes lots of construction detail photos. Once the engine ran well, he added many details, many of which were built from scratch, such as the cylinders. Prototype WI&M photos are included at the end of the article.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-12
Page:
109
Author:
Lou Sassi
Category:
Freight Car Loads
Using actual rust particles falling off of a car were used to show an empty gondola as having been recently used, but not quite cleared out.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-08
Page:
86
Author:
Kathleen Renninger
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how she uses cosmetic sponges to paint and weather a South River Modelworks brick and stone structure.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-10
Page:
112
Author:
Bill Gruber
Category:
Operations
The author followed prototype practices for operating his layout (featured in the August 1994 issue of Model Railroader). The article covers the research he did and has many photos of his layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-06
Page:
53
Author:
David J. Leider
Category:
Track
Using Rix green-tinted plastic crossarms, the author shows how he scratchbuilt telegraph poles. Includes the jig used, construction photos, and a prototype photo.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-09
Page:
80
Author:
Steve Sint
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Redetailing a Sakura Docksider.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2018-06
Page:
66
Author:
Mike Confalone
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes the process of removing a large section of his established layout and replacing it with some new, and the reason for doing this.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-06
Page:
66
Author:
Ray Meyer
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article describes the METRO Model Railroad Club of Port Washington, Wisconsin. The double-decked layout fits inside about 50 feet by 16 feet. Includes lots of photos but no trackplan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-09
Page:
50
Author:
Frank Cicero
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Modeling SD40-2 in red CP Rail and blue Conrail.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-09
Page:
120
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Painting & Weathering
Modifying and painting models of the Toledo, Peoria & Western GP38-2 diesels.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-01
Page:
71
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Layout Construction
This article is about Robert Hoffman and his desire to change the area he wanted to model. There isn't much information about Robert's layout in the article, but it describes some unique issues he dealt with, such as being able to have operations in the dark.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-12
Page:
70
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Full article on the now famous John Allen layout, with lots of photos (both color and black&white) taken by John himself (he was a professional photographer). The article includes a trackplan of the final G&D. Shown are the floor-to-ceiling scenery. The article also includes John's first 4x8 layout (track plan and photos).
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1981-02
Page:
82
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
In this installment, the author covers the large yard at Great Divide and the extensive locomotive servicing facilities located there, to provide the nucleus for an overview of John Allen's approach to the hobby, including the clever use of mirrors. Many black-and-white and color photos are included in this article, including under-construction photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1981-04
Page:
60
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This installment covers some of the more spectacularly-scenicked areas of the layout are examined in detail, and the lighting effects, including "black light", are reviewed. Includes both black-and-white and colored photos, includes some under-construction photos showing the placement of the mirrors.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1981-08
Page:
60
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This final installment includes a closer look at the towns of Andrews and Port. Includes black-and-white and color photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2004-10
Page:
54
Author:
Jack Gutsch
Category:
Layouts
The Minneapolis & St. Louis Railroad's Thirteenth Sub. A point-to-point layout with four railroads.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-12
Page:
94
Author:
Jim Hoffman
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author describes how to remotor (mostly) steam models by AHM/Rivarossi, Athearn, Bowser, MDC, and Mantua (Tyco). An Athearn GP9 is also covered.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-12
Page:
59
Author:
Clark Propst
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The article describes how the author was trying to model a single flat car and have its load be swapped out when it was supposed to return empty. This proved harder to do that originally thought because the deck was glued to the car's frame with superglue.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-11
Page:
32
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Renumbering a Kato Amtrak F40PH using Microscale's decal set.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #3
Page:
35
Author:
Clark Propst
Category:
Track
A handful of photos and a description of the author's RIP track scene.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-08
Page:
58
Author:
Al Warren
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
Detailing hatches on covered grain hoppers.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 63 #1 2017
Page:
27
Author:
Blake Blogs
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The Life-Like GP7 and GP9 are known to have gear problems. This article is about how to fix them. Includes step-by-step photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-02
Page:
84
Author:
Stephen M. Priest
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he repowered E&P B23-7 engines with Atlas drive mechanisms.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-05
Page:
48
Author:
Ken Lawrence
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
This article describes how to convert a 1974 Alco Models locomotive to run much better using the Hollywood Foundry BullAnt drives. Includes prototype photos, and model construction photos and diagrams.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-03
Page:
80
Author:
Schuyler Larrabee
Category:
Locomotives - Electric
The author describes how he upgraded a pair of old brass electric multiple-unit coaches. He used the NWSL PDT trucks for improved performance. Half of the article is devoted to accurately painting these models.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-07
Page:
86
Author:
Richard Knotts
Category:
Locomotives - 2-8-2
The author describes how he upgraded the engine's motor with a Sagami can motor.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2004-10
Page:
72
Author:
Mike Rose
Category:
Cabooses
Taking an old brass caboose and converting it into a model that would fit a modern era layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2001-11
Page:
92
Author:
Dennis Brown
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
A step-by-step article describing how to author went from building the master to pouring the resin. The model is a 1927 reefer class RR.W with a distinctive ventilator hood designed by the Santa Fe. Also includes prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-07
Page:
88
Author:
Fred Lagno
Category:
Electronics
This article covers how to add resistance wheelsets so that freight cars' presence can be detected by electronic circuits.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-01
Page:
126
Author:
Mike Confalone
Category:
Railroading
A railfanning story with photos based on the author's layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-04
Page:
42
Author:
Bob Werre
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The 38' by 30' layout spread over four rooms in Rich's basement models the eastern mountains in West Virginia.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-01
Page:
74
Author:
Dave Roeder
Category:
Layouts
The author described how he used the various modeling and design books out there to build his own 16 by 27 foot layout. He didn't start out with that size, though. Includes photos and a track plan of his layout, which is set between 1970 and 1990 in St. Louis County, Missouri.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-02
Page:
138
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Cabooses
Rather than scratchbuilding models, we can modify existing models to more closely resemble the prototype, and then repaint them.
Magazine:
Trackside Model Railroading 2013-08
Author:
Jennifer Waters
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Beautiful photos accompany this article about the River City Modelers Club's 41'x48' two-level layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1971-03
Page:
28
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The RMC Staff and private car No. 4, the Ramsey, recently headed west for a fan trip over portions of the spectacular G&D in the Akinbak Mountains area. This is a photo article, which photos shot by John Allen himself, of the layout following a train around. The photos are large (a number are full-page) black-and-white ones showing the large vistas on John's layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-02
Page:
48
Author:
John P. Allen
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
John kitbashed several kits from different manufacturers to create this large Victorian-style passenger station/general headquarters building.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-03
Page:
48
Author:
Robert Pizio
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This model is of a retired NYC Alco FA. Part of the body has been removed and the interior engine compartment is visible on this partially demolished model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-04
Page:
42
Author:
Eric Brooman
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author created an SD9 from two Athearn GP0 shells.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-06
Page:
36
Author:
Bob Kjellander
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Some quick notes about how the Pacific Fast Mail Santa Fe 2-8-0 was converted into a 0-8-0.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-07
Page:
36
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Done in an interview style. The article includes a track plan, many photos, and the author's commentary sprinkle in as sidebars.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 1996-09
Page:
33
Author:
Mike Daniels
Category:
Cabooses
Just a photo and a parts list for how to create one of these models using an Eastern Car Works kit.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 2000-01
Page:
38
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Locomotives - F7
A couple of photos of the author's combining the Intermountain bodies and the Stewart chassis to build the engines.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-02
Page:
98
Author:
Bill Lorence
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The author describes how to model crib walls as an alternative to sheer rock faces or brick retaining walls.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-12
Page:
56
Author:
Carl Swanson
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
When I first saw Rod' layout in this issue, I was very impressed because it looks like something George Selios would do. It turns out he is one of Rod's idols. The article includes a track plan of this huge layout, and describes how Rod finds time to model, and how he is building his layout. Includes a side-bar on using LED lamps.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-11/12
Page:
53
Author:
Don Valentine
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Battens were a large sheet of heavy paper nailed over the door opening which helped to protect cargo against damage from the weather, dust, and cinders. This article describes how to model them. Includes a copy of the AAR pamphlet from December 1941.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1978-06
Page:
38
Author:
Ron Roberts
Category:
Freight Cars
The author describes how he built a handbrake to hold a car on a grade.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #3
Page:
61
Author:
Ron Christensen
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
A photo essay of the author's layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-08
Page:
39
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The 27'x47' layout is set in the early-1970s. Includes many photos and a track plan of this double-decked layout.
Magazine:
YouTube Model Builders eMag 2016-09
Page:
38
Author:
Geno Sharp
Category:
Structures
Adding details to the roofs of buildings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-11
Page:
80
Author:
Iain Rice
Category:
Layout Construction
Using a spare shelf in a bookcase, the author describes how he built several layouts that fit in the space. This installment covers how to light the shelf, how to make lightweight benchwork, preparing for roadbed and water surfaces, and assembling the benchwork.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-02
Page:
86
Author:
Iain Rice
Category:
Track
This installment covers how to handlay Proto:87 turnouts. Included are diagrams that describe each part of a turnout, what a check gauge is supposed to check, and how to file points. Lots of photos show tips on handlaying turnouts, verifying your work, and how to lay track for in-street modeling.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-12
Page:
85
Author:
Robert Bucklew
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author built a real working car dumper modeled after a prototype unit. Includes model and prototype photos, scaled drawings, and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1974-07
Page:
26
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built a rhubarb processing facility. Includes model photos and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-03
Page:
64
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The magazine visits George Selios' layout for the sixth time, this time reporting on the completion of the layout with the recent addition of New England mountains. In addition to many large photos, this article also contains the current trackplan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-07
Page:
57
Author:
Jim Trowbridge
Category:
Layouts
A 4' x 7' layout that is "kid-proof". This layout includes just about everything a steam era pike should have, including a turntable, tunnels, and plenty of switching.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
94
Author:
Thomas D. Dressler
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
This article covers two locomotives of the Nashville, Chattanooga & St. Louis Ry, and how the author built his models.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-09
Page:
72
Author:
Charles Montgomery
Category:
Structures
In this article the author describes how he models a sagging roof, how to show protruding rafters, how to do tar paper roofing, and how to model metal walls for a lean-to.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-10
Page:
51
Author:
Trevor Marshall
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author shows how he was able to simulate a tin roof on a boxcar. The trick is to use sea salt for the effect.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-04
Page:
56
Author:
Malcolm Furlow
Category:
Layout Construction
In this installment Malcolm describes how he builds scenery using layers of insulation foam. Lots of final photos as well as construction photos show how he does it. He covers foam rocks, coloring foam rocks, adding ground cover, grass, and weeds, creating roads, modeling Caspia Pine trees and Caspia Aspen trees, and modeling water.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-07
Page:
58
Author:
Jerry Strangarity
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
This steam-era sanding facility article includes scale drawings and photos of the author's scratchbuilt model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-11
Page:
83
Author:
Jim Providenza
Category:
Structures - Industrial
History, theory, design, and model of the Portland Cement. Includes prototype and model photos, track plan, and layout photos. Great ideas for modeling track through an industrial complex.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-12
Page:
99
Author:
Jim Providenza
Category:
Structures - Industrial
In this installment the author finishes the immense-looking structure and discusses painting and weathering. Many different angled photos of the final structure are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-07
Page:
115
Author:
Robert Ernst
Category:
Locomotives - PA-1
The author describes how he created these models from undecorated Athearn models, including super-detailing work.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-08
Page:
74
Author:
Gary Hoover
Category:
Layouts
Diaphragms on passenger cars. Free-lanced, 1940-1960.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-04
Page:
90
Author:
Ken Edmier
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This article describes the 62-foot long insulated boxcars that are assigned to transporting beer for the Coors company. The article includes model and prototype photos and detailed construction photos of where the author took the Eel River Models car and converted it into one of these models.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-02
Page:
62
Author:
Bill Van der Meer
Category:
Layouts
A point-to-point shelf layout modeling the Oklahoma Texas border during the post-WWII era.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-11
Page:
134
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article describes how the author super-detailed and then painted the SF model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
74
Author:
Denis Doucet
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Prototype information and how the author modeled it using a Athearn GP50 kit.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 10, #3
Page:
58
Author:
Clark Propst
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
A photo essay of the author's layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-12
Page:
52
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
Structures - Bridges
This issue's cover photo was taken on the same module, with snow added. It shows the old bridge (a Central Valley model). The new BLMA 150-foot brass bridge was added and the author describes how he did that. Includes many construction photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2019 #108
Page:
14
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
A product review of the kit.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1995-10
Page:
64
Author:
William Schaumburg
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
Extras:
This is the story of how the model railroad display at the Steamtown National Historic Site came about and what it is supposed to model. Includes several photos of the layout, as well as one prototype photo from era the layout is to represent.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-06
Page:
41
Author:
Kenneth R. Ely
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
Cube 1/2" diameter aluminum foil for a convincing load.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2008-01
Page:
22
Author:
John Swanson
Category:
Freight Car Loads
This article is really more of a large tip; use the leftover scraps, filings, etc. left on your workbench after a project and sweep them into a storage container. Later, use those to make loads for gondolas that are headed for the scrap yards.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-09
Page:
61
Author:
Matt Snell
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author describes how he made the scrap loads for his cars. The key material he used was Magic Scraps®.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-09
Page:
22
Author:
James A. Powell
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Using pieces of leftover styrene and other parts, the author describes how he built a building that appears to be made out of stone.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-12
Page:
63
Author:
Timothy Dudley
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author shows how he built this model.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-03
Page:
87
Author:
Edward C. Steinberg
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author describes how he built a six-wheeled depressed-center flatcar using styrene and ABS plastic.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-03
Page:
104
Author:
Garry F. Cerrone
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
Using 0.020" styrene, the author shows how he builds a fleet of row boats.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-03
Page:
86
Author:
Jeff Scherb
Category:
Track
The author describes the basics of a semaphore, how we can build one, and how to make it operational using a Circuitron Tortoise. Both HO- and O-scale are discussed.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-09
Page:
62
Author:
Bill Darnaby
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The author describes how he built a water tank from styrene. Includes construction photos, a scale diagram, and a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-03
Page:
84
Author:
Gerry Gilliland
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Model photo and scaled drawings included. It is a two-stall rectangular structure that might be found on a branchline.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-08
Page:
76
Author:
Rob Corriston
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how he built this hotel. The article includes scaled drawings and model photos.
Magazine:
Chicago & North Western Historical Society Modeler Volume 9, #3
Page:
3
Author:
Dennis Eggert
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
After describing this mobile-home-style office buildings, the author describes how he built one for his 1976-era layout. Includes prototype photos and drawings, and several model construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-03
Page:
82
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author describes how he built the Rutland's South Shaftsbury, Vermont, depot. Includes prototype, model, and construction photos, as well as scaled drawings and a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-08
Page:
68
Author:
Shawn Branstetter
Category:
Structures - Bridges
After an unfortunate accident with a brass bridge, the author decided to try his hand at scratchbuilding one. This article describes in detail how he did it, and how he painted and weathered the model. Included are construction photos and a few detail drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-02
Page:
90
Author:
Bill Sharpe
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
Completely built out of styrene, this car features an adjustable platform used for working on overhead catenary. Includes prototype photos, scale drawings, and model construction detail photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-09
Page:
76
Author:
Stephen Reef Paterson
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author built one building modeled after two dilapidated ones he found while traveling through a small town in southwestern Virginia. Included are the scale drawings of the building he made, as well as the materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-12
Page:
85
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author took the photos taken by Robert Mohowski (shown in the article in this same issue) and built this shallow structure. Includes model and prototype photos, scale drawings, a parts list, and detailed information on how to build the more complex parts, such as the curve window tops.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-03
Page:
72
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author describes how he eventually wound up scratchbuilding a Shay locomotive using various parts from other models. Includes lots of close-up photos of construction details.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-11
Page:
106
Author:
Earl T. Johnson
Category:
Freight Cars - Log Cars
The author describes how he built this whole car out of K&S brass structural shapes. Includes lots of construction photos, a parts list, and detail drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-08
Page:
93
Author:
Kris Blackmarr
Category:
Structures - Homes
Wanting to practice a new technique he learned from a book, the author built this model. Includes many photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2016-11
Page:
72
Author:
Alain Kap
Category:
Structures - Tunnels
For an HOn3 modular layout, the author decided to build a snowshed, modeled after a Canadian Pacific prototype.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2016-12
Page:
52
Author:
David Yadock
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes his method for simulating brick walls, especially dealing with the curved front and back walls. After creating the design, the article continues with the actual construction steps. Several construction photos are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1977-12
Page:
81
Author:
Ed Steinberg
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Step-by-step instructions on how the author built a turntable. Includes lots of photos and drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2017-10
Page:
38
Author:
Tom Griffiths
Category:
Passenger Cars
After introducing the reason for this project, the author builds a number of subassemblies.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2017-11
Page:
36
Author:
Tom Griffiths
Category:
Passenger Cars
In this installment the author takes the parts he built in the previous installment, and builds the car. Included are close-up photos and drawings (with a sidebar).
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-05
Page:
66
Author:
Erik Flom
Category:
Cabooses
The author describes and shows construction techniques for building a wooden caboose, made out of wood. Includes model photos, and scaled drawings for a Canadian National caboose.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-09
Page:
65
Author:
Harvey J. Simon
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This article covers building a factory. Included are diagrams, and detailed construction photos of the windows.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2001-09
Page:
56
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author describes how he built this Saxton, Pennsylvania cottage-style gas station suitable for the 1930s. He used drawings from the December 1996 issue of RMC, which are duplicated in this article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-04
Page:
78
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Although the article is about building the structure, a significant part is about the large number of signs using on this building. The model is based on a 1936 photograph of "Roadside Stand Near Birmingham, Alabama".
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-03
Page:
80
Author:
Al Warren
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A modern building that serves the local government with salt for heavy winter days. Includes model and prototype photos, and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-07
Page:
82
Author:
Don Ball Jr.
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes how he modeled a 1870s water tank. Includes many photos and scaled drawings, as well as a materials list.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2012-09
Page:
56
Author:
Greg Condon
Category:
Scratchbuilding
The author used Chooch Enterprises flexible retaining wall sections glued to styrene sheet to form the walls of the buildings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-12
Page:
81
Author:
Philip Bonzon
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The article has model and prototype photos of the railbus, including interior ones. It also includes an exploded parts diagram and a parts list. He built it using the NWSL Flea III as the driving mechanism. The model also includes sound and DCC.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #075
Page:
17
Author:
David J. Vinci
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
This article shows step-by-step how to scratchbuild this MOW car. He describes the tools he used to the various parts, so it is a good general article on scratchbuild freight cars as well.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-05
Page:
58
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author built a copy of a midwestern creamery in Steele County, Minnesotta. Because of the complex curves, the structure was built with home-made castings. Prototype and model photos (including close-up construction photos) are included, as well as scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-04
Page:
34
Author:
Dan Lewis
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
This installment includes building the station walls and the roofs. Includes sidebars on using brick paper, and building window mullions.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-02
Page:
22
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This is the introductory installment of a series for scratchbuilding an HO-scale water-powered sawmill. The prototype of this saw mill, found in western North Carolina, was built in the early 1940s, and is based on prototype photos found in the book Foxfire 6 (1980), which came from a collection of articles published in the Foxfire magazine. The owner of the mill was Ben Ward. This installment offers a design diagram of how the equipment was powered inside the buildings, an overall overhead photo of the completed diorama, and text that covers the overall construction sequence. It took the author 4 years, off-and-on, to build the model.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-03
Page:
22
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
In this installment the author shows how to he built the bandsaw filing room, which houses customized workbenches to sharpen and weld the handsaw blades, and a small workbench for general equipment repair. Shelves in the back of the room are used for machinery parts storage. Includes construction photos, diagrams of the floor, walls, windows, and interior details, and a parts list for building this in HO-scale.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-04
Page:
28
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Scratchbuilding
This installment covers the construction of the woodworking shop, which houses the turbines, drive pulleys, and belts and shafts that power the bandmill equipment and the woodworking shop machinery.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-05
Page:
22
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
In this installment the author describes how he scratchbuilt the many interior details for the woodworking shop. Photos and diagrams help in illustrating all of the machinery that is modeled. The article ends with a description of adding the building's exterior details and surrounding scenery.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-06
Page:
21
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers the construction of the scrapwood storage bin. Includes construction photos, HO-scale diagrams, and a materials list.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-07
Page:
28
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers the construction of the bandmill, which houses the log-handling equipment, handsaw, and circular-saw machinery used to produce finish lumber. Includes HO-scale diagrams and construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-08
Page:
28
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers the construction of the bandsaw section. Includes photos of the interior details, HO-scale diagrams, and a materials list.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-09
Page:
28
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers the construction of the lumbering section, where rough-cut lumber is cut into finished boards. Includes construction photos, and HO-scale diagrams.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-10
Page:
30
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers the construction of the support features surrounding the sawmill buildings, including the dam components and the log pond they create, the log dump, the log drag and walkway, and the lumberyard where the newly cut wood is dried, cured and stored.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-11
Page:
24
Author:
Sam Swanson
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment focuses on combining the sub-assemblies to complete the diorama, and the site details, such as power pit components, the incline section roof, the log pond, the loading dock, the lumber piles and rack, and the various miscellaneous details to complete the scenes. Includes model photos and detail drawings, materials list, and a Northeastern Scale Lumber Co. conversion chart for the old-to-new parts numbers for HO-, S-, and O-scale.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-04
Page:
132
Author:
David Karkoski
Category:
Scratchbuilding
In this installment the roof and additional details are modeled.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1999-08
Page:
69
Author:
Don Adams
Category:
Scratchbuilding
Locomotives don't have to be made out of brass; they can be made out of styrene, and the author shares his methods for doing so. He uses existing mechanisms. He describes how to form the boiler, how to make styrene domes and stacks (using a "finger" lathe), and how to make the cylinders.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1997-05
Page:
78
Author:
Ben King
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built a coal dump, a truss bridge over a road, and the office for this industry that sells coal to local customers. Includes model photos and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-07
Page:
91
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
The author takes us through the steps to build a small B&O Railroad station. Includes scale drawings, parts lists, tools list, and step-by-step instructions with photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-06
Page:
49
Author:
Alan Mende
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Modeling the Dunellen, New Jersey area, the author describes how he built an accurate model of the Dunellen Coal & Lumber facility. Includes prototype photos and lots of close-up construction photos, including how to make the silo bands.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-07
Page:
51
Author:
Michael Anteau
Category:
Scenery - Streets
The author shares, with lots of photos, how he built his own roadway signs using online research tools.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-10
Page:
124
Author:
Duane Ricks
Category:
Locomotives - SD60
The author describes how he detailed and painted the EMD SD60 demonstrator.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-02
Page:
48
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This model was based on the Red Caboose PRR X29 box car. The author improved and weathered the model. Includes many close-up photos and one prototype photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-09
Page:
50
Author:
Perry Amicangelo, Dave Rickaby
Category:
Layouts
The Chicago & North Western of 1959 comes to life on the HO scale Morton Division. This is an L-shaped layout composed of 18- and 24-inch wide modules. It has interchanges and two staging areas.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2003-08
Page:
31
Author:
Peter Soulikas
Co-author:
John Ostler
Category:
Freight Car Loads
Using aluminum foil to make tarp load covers.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-06
Page:
30
Author:
John Ostler
Category:
Scenery - Mountains
Using selective compression to bring mountains closer to the track.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2001-08
Page:
40
Author:
Art Fahie
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Good quality photos of scenes on George Selios' layout. The text describes a number of modeling and weathering techniques George uses for his scenes and structures. One interesting note is that George doesn't use an airbrush!
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-11
Page:
59
Author:
Bill Goggin
Category:
Structures - Homes
This article covers how to deal with modeling structures set into a steep hill. It shows the author modifying a portion of his layout to place a school church.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1992-02
Page:
80
Author:
Greg Martin
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author takes an HO-scale McKean NYC PS-1 box car and describes how he built it, detailed it, and then paints and applies decals to it. Next, he gets into the meat of the article, which is his technique for weathering a freight-car-red box car. Several prototype example photos are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-07
Page:
50
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built shallow-relief structures for his shelf layout to convey the idea of trains passing behind lots of structures and to only be able to view parts of the trains passing through the city scene.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-08
Page:
34
Author:
Joe Luber
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
A summary of imported brass Shays in HO narrow and standard gauge with photographic studies of typical representatives of the sidewinder breed of steam locomotives.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-07
Page:
129
Author:
Bob Smaus
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
How to model, paint, and decal these types of cars.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-11
Page:
104
Author:
Cyril Durrenberger
Category:
Layout Design
Valley City Street & Interurban Railway as an HO switching layout. Has some interesting track arrangements.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-06
Page:
75
Author:
Verryl Fosnight
Co-author:
Dennis Drury
Category:
Signaling
This article covers how Automated Block Signals function on this large, free-standing, mushroom-design, HO-scale layout. The article includes a full track plan for each of the three levels. It covers how ABS works, and how to deal with special conditions on the railroad.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-07
Page:
49
Author:
Verryl Fosnight
Co-author:
Dennis Drury
Category:
Signaling
This installment covers how the signals were designed and built, and how they work.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-01
Page:
79
Author:
Michael Gross
Category:
Painting & Weathering
After preparing the model, the author applies washes, then does specific highlighting, and some chalks. Two different models transition-era box cars are shown going through the steps.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1977-09
Page:
71
Author:
Harold Russell
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The author describes how he built a portable coal unloader scene on his layout. Includes one prototype photo and several layout construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-11
Page:
117
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Structures - Trackside
This brief article discusses how to use N-scale crossing gates in an HO layout.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2015 #094
Page:
6
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author describes how he removed portions of the Broadway Ltd's T1 tender cowling to simulate the removal of those sections that were done to the prototype tenders.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-05
Page:
52
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Structures
The author describes how he makes hip roofs.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2022-06
Page:
73
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author, having moved to a different state, reflects on his previous HO-scale, 1,100sqft layout. He covers his approach for dismantling this layout, over a period of many months, and how he stored everything in preparation for the move. Contains lots of photos of his now-former layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-02
Page:
30
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Layout Construction
Building the plywood support for a slip-switch.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-11
Page:
80
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
This installment covers the design and construction of the modern-day highway crossing gate. Detailed parts drawing, construction photos, and wiring diagrams are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-12
Page:
100
Author:
Gordon Odegard
Category:
Structures - Trackside
This installment covers command control and DC bi-directional circuitry necessary to have a realistically operating crossing gate. It also covers the gate, LED, and bell circuitry, the power supply, and the finishing touches to complete the installation.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-05
Page:
34
Author:
Wayne Wesolowski
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built a structure that could be used around most factories or engine facilities to store lengthy metal parts such as boiler flues, pipes, bar stock, and angles. Includes model and prototype photos, and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
YouTube Model Builders eMag 2017-01
Page:
27
Author:
Harry M. Haythorn
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
After covering the history of snow-fighting equipment on the UP, the author describes the various models he has on his layout. Includes several model photos.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2016-09/10
Page:
22
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Track
This article covers the basics of soldering rail joiners and soldering wire to the rails.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-04
Page:
96
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Structures
This installment describes the various structures built for the 5' by 8' layout. Most were kitbashed and so the article includes diagrams of how various parts were combined to create the unique structures shown in the photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1994-12
Page:
97
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Structures
Not really a separate article as such, but it deserves attention. This article gives lots of tips and techniques about detailing, painting, and weathering DMP structures.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 2000-01
Page:
46
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
The author changed the doors to plug doors to model SOO Line grain-loading cars, and to duplicate some Great Northern cars. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-02
Page:
58
Author:
Terry Thompson
Category:
Electronics
The author examines how manufacturers tackle the difficult issue of sound reproduction inside our small locomotives. Covers both steam and diesel engines. Includes a sidebar on the history of sound in model railroading.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-02
Page:
92
Author:
Mike Polsgrove
Category:
DCC
The author describes how he went about installing a sound decoder into a Soo Line 2-8-2 Mikado from Division Point Hobbies.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2006-01
Page:
32
Author:
Ray Kilcoyne
Category:
Electronics
The author installed the SoundTraxx DSD-090LC Light Steam decoder into this locomotive's tender shell. Modifications were necessary. Also includes the parts list and how to program the decoder.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-07
Page:
50
Author:
Ron Tuff
Category:
Layouts
Model Engineers Society layout of modules. The articles has many photos and module diagrams.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-01
Page:
46
Author:
Michael Duncan
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
A large, around the wall layout with several peninsulas for modeled industries in a 25 x 35 foot basement. The author writes about how he got into the hobby, why he models what he does, and describes the construction of the layout, his motive power, and operations.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-06
Page:
44
Author:
Larry Puckett
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Model detailing
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
76
Author:
Boyce F. Martin
Category:
Layout Detailing
The author models a prototype scene where the track crosses a trestle bridge and immediately goes into a tunnel on the other side, which appeared near Burnside, Kentucky.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-06
Page:
40
Author:
Wayne A Sittner
Category:
Model Railroad History
This article describes what the author and his model railroad friends remember of the Wyoming Valley in Pennsylvania. The article accompanied by photos from his and his friends' layouts depicting the area. The scenes are very detailed and realistic.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1992-05
Page:
44
Author:
Bill Morrissey
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
This article covers the prototype yard office building of SP's El Paso Adair Yard. Includes photos and diagrams, as well as a bill-of-materials.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-10
Page:
60
Author:
Dick Roberts
Category:
Structures - Bridges
Dick built a very close match to this 812-foot long bridge that sits at 190 feet above the water of the Nevada County Railroad. Many construction photos and drawings are included with the article, as well as a prototype photo.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2004-05
Page:
25
Author:
John Ostler
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
How to accurately model a speeder set-out track and surrounding scenery.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-02
Page:
72
Author:
Rene Gourley
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
Using Silflor grass materials the author shows how he models realistic grass patches.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-03
Page:
107
Author:
Andy Sperandeo
Category:
Painting & Weathering
Painting an RS-3. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-02
Page:
98
Author:
Steve Salotti
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Installing a Soundtraxx system in a switcher by replacing the motor with a smaller one.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-10
Page:
98
Author:
Chris Comport
Category:
Scenery
How to build stacks of boards the easy way.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-11
Page:
73
Author:
James B. Frye
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he scratchbuilt a small central heating plant. Includes model photos and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-05
Page:
64
Author:
Bill Boyd
Co-author:
Art Jones
Category:
Layout Construction
This article describes how to actually use steel to make a free-standing layout. The layout fits in a 32'x33.5' room and is shaped like a U. The article isn't so much about the layout, but on the actual steps taken to build a sturdy and economic layout benchwork.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-02
Page:
128
Author:
Steve Frey
Category:
Layouts
A 12' by 13' island layout with one peninsula along a wall (connected to his Dad's layout), this young man describes how he started and built this layout.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2022-09
Page:
57
Author:
Richard Bradley
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The author kitbashes a Smalltown USA "Tony's Gym" kit. Includes many construction photos and a parts list. Contains a sidebar on another way of doing chrome.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-03
Page:
106
Author:
Hans D. Rudolph
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
Modeling the Pittsburgh area in the 1940s in a 2'3" x 5'2" coffee table in HO! Includes a track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1986-06
Page:
83
Author:
Art Curren
Category:
Scenery - Trees, Shrubs, Bushes
The author shows how he makes small trees using carpet thread, cotton string, jute, and clothesline material. Each produces a different-looking tree.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-07
Page:
64
Author:
Dean Foster
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
The describes how he added telephone wire to his modular diorama using "invisible thread". The article also covers his method for construction the poles and a handy tool for unrolling the thread spool.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-04
Page:
99
Author:
Dave Frary
Category:
Structures
Using N-scale structures in the background of an HO-scale layout creates a forced perspective.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-10
Page:
46
Author:
Jim Paine
Category:
Structures
Several structures on the author's layout are featured because of how he modified kits to make them unique.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-01
Page:
67
Author:
Steve Orth
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The author describes how he upgraded this model. Many construction photos and a parts list are included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-09
Page:
104
Author:
Henrik Praetorius
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
The author makes etched-brass parts to be able to super-detail his automobiles. Includes a brief pictorial on how photo engraving works.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-11
Page:
56
Author:
William E. Botkin
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
The title of the article says it all. Includes model and prototype photos, and detail drawings. The article also includes installing a Soundtraxx decoder, and implementing working Mars light.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-04
Page:
34
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Passenger Cars
Battery operated marker lights for the last car in a train.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2001-07
Page:
93
Author:
Lionel Strang
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
The author took two vehicles, originally design as military vehicles, and repainted them to be used by civilians in every-day use.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2006-01
Page:
34
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Track
The author describes how he constructs his turnout linkage mechanism for both manual and power operations.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2010-11/12
Page:
62
Author:
V.S. Roseman
Category:
Railroading
Watching Train 98 at San Jose circa 1955. The story is told via photos on the author's layout. Includes prototype operations information.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-09
Page:
92
Author:
Jeff English
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
Building a flagship steam engine for the Rensselaer Model Railroad Society's HO-scale New England, Berkshire & Western RR. Includes prototype and model photos, as well as construction photos and diagrams.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-02
Page:
126
Author:
Bill McChesney
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using an Atlas frame and mechanism to improve the running characteristics of an Alco Models brass model.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #072
Page:
10
Author:
Jack Consoli
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
This is a product review of the model. The article includes the history of the G31 class and subclasses, and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-07
Page:
65
Author:
Tony Thompson
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
The author describes he process for wanting a tank car that is not available in HO-scale, by combining parts from several produced models. Includes prototype and model photos, including construction detail photos, such as how to get the dome to fit the body. Also included is a parts list.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-12
Page:
98
Author:
John Nehrich
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This article describes combining several kits to build a unique fuel dealership that is serviced by the railroad. This is a structure built for the Rensselaer Polytechnic club's layout.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 1996-09
Page:
34
Author:
Patrick Lawson
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
Just a photo and a parts list for how to create one of these all-door box car models using a Life-Like model.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-08
Page:
50
Author:
Jason Miller
Category:
DCC
The author describes how he installs WowSound into an Athearn SW1500. Includes step-by-step photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-10
Page:
92
Author:
Malcolm Furlow and Paul Scoles
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
A 12 by 28 rectangular, around-the-walls kind of layout featuring Canadian railroading. The layout was started by Ted's brother Don and later moved to Ted's basement. The layout had been featured in Model Railroader before.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-06
Page:
93
Author:
John Armstrong
Category:
Layout Design
A double-deck HO-scale layout for a medium-sized room.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-04
Page:
68
Author:
Rob Corriston
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A wood L-shaped building that can be used for a small business or light industry. The author describes how he built this structure. Includes model photos, and scaled and detailed drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-12
Page:
109
Author:
John Allen
Category:
Layout Construction
This article was composed by Bob Hayden from handwritten notes of an unpublished article that John had been working on in 1970, but he never submitted to Model Railroader magazine for publication. His layout contained some 30 mirrors. This article covers how and why John installed them.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-11
Page:
70
Author:
Walt Muren
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Modeled after a real bank on a street corner, this unique structure is sure to draw attention with its patina roof dome.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-12
Page:
87
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Model Railroad History
The first ad showing an HO-scale freight train.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-05
Page:
88
Author:
Trevor Marshall
Category:
Scenery - Trackside
This model was inspired by the discovery of a cannon beside the Boston & Maine Hillsboro branch.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
84
Author:
Edward C. Steinberg
Category:
Automobiles
The author describes how he took existing HO-scale trucks and kitbashed them into specific models he wanted. Various different truck types are discussed.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-02
Page:
68
Author:
Don Mitchell
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This club layout is housed in the Agnew depot. The article covers how the club was formed and progressed over the years, how they built the 12' by 55' layout, and describes their operations. Interior and exterior photos are included, as well as close-up layout photos and the full trackplan. Also includes a sidebar on how the club tested switch machines to determine which one would be used on the layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1997-01
Page:
75
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Photography & Videography
Several ideas on improving models: weathering trucks and wheels, adding lots of people to scenes, adding lots of vehicles, making sure that structures are embedded in the scene, how to deal with the edge of the layout in photos, and several other tips.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1976-04
Page:
68
Author:
E.L. Moore
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This square (50' x 50'), multi-roof structure can be used as any kind of small factory. The author describes a story about the structure, how to build it, and then how to make it look like it has just exploded! Includes scaled drawings and several model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-04
Page:
57
Author:
John Taylor-Hall
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The modeled small wood-frame building has served many purpose since it was built in the 1880s. Includes prototype photos of the Cedar Falls, N.C. structure, as well as scale drawings and finished model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
136
Author:
Tom Smiley
Category:
Layout Construction
The author and another modeler were asked by a wife to build a model railroad that shows off some of the industries owned by her husband... no monetary restrictions. They designed and built a 43" by 10' 4" layout in just three months, which included scratchbuilt structures.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
73
Author:
Jeff Paston, Timothy Byrne
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Includes prototype information and how two authors independently modeled this engine using a Stewart and an Atlas kit.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-04
Page:
72
Author:
Dean Freytag
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author starts of the series about how to model a coke processing plant. This installment covers the history and purpose of coke and the coke plant, how to size the model, what construction materials to use, how to add common details, how to build the oven foundation, how to build the oven, and detailing the oven. Included are many model photos, and several scaled drawings, including one on how to scratchbuild the oven doors.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-06
Page:
107
Author:
Dean Freytag
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment of the series covers the exhaust gas system, the governor house, the west end control building, the dump house, the crusher house, the conveyors, and the transfer house. In additional to model photos of these buildings, there are also scaled drawings included.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-08
Page:
89
Author:
Dean Freytag
Category:
Structures - Industrial
In this installment, the author covers the construction of the east coal bunker and the quench tower. Included are lots of model photos and scaled drawings. This completes the structure. In the October 1991 issue, he covers the rolling stock and locomotives that were used in these types of facilities.
Magazine:
YouTube Model Builders eMag 2016-09
Page:
22
Author:
Harry M. Haythorn
Category:
Passenger Trains
Extras:
Modeling the Union Pacific trains 52 (southbound) and 57 (northbound) between Denver and Cheyenne.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-01
Page:
37
Author:
Efram Ellenbogen
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author paints, applies decals, and weathers a SOO Line SD60M. Includes sidebars on how to correctly spray-paint a model and its wheels.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
54
Author:
David Steer
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
These Alco-designed locomotives were built for the three-foot gauge of the White Pass & Yukon. The article describes the history of the engine, and how to model one using the Precision Scale model. Includes prototype, model, and construction photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2002-08
Page:
92
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Structures - Bridges
Retrieving and restoring a bridge from a friend's layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2017-06
Page:
96
Author:
Peter Vassallo
Category:
Layout Construction
A freelanced railroad based on California logging lines that fits on a 42"x84" module. Includes a track and materials list. The article continues with the expansion modules to the base module, including all the way up to the final design for a spare bedroom layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
95
Author:
Edward C. Steinberg
Category:
Structures
The author describes how he built a structure and diorama because of his interest in construction equipment.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-06
Page:
61
Author:
Ron Hoess
Category:
Structures - Homes
After describing the prototype buildings and the research he did into them, the author describes how he casts the parts from RTV molds. Includes a parts list, and many construction photos, as well as some prototype photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-08
Page:
60
Author:
Robert E. Mohowski
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
Prototype photos and scale drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-03
Page:
77
Author:
Todd McGee
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A lot of activity can be modeled in a small farming community, including the Farmer's Co-op, stock pen, and a small depot. Includes photos of the author's diorama.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-04
Page:
56
Author:
Dave Frary
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Dave visits the layout a year after his last visit, to report on what George Selios has done on his layout. Includes many photos, a track plan diagram of the finished area, how George controls his trains, and the various scenery techniques he uses.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2009-11
Page:
81
Author:
Dave Rickaby
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article is a fictional story about how Lynn Draper's rendition of his railroad came about. It is accompanied by photos of his layout, a track plan, and how the layout was built using I-beams. The layout measures 27' x 12'.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2000-11/12
Page:
38
Author:
Doug Geiger
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Fred Carlson's G&NH "G"-shaped layout models the Upper Peninsula of Michigan where iron ore is king. He is an MMR. The article contains lots of close-up photos, a description of how the layout was built, the motive power and rolling stock, and operations of the layout. A track plan is included. Another magazine article on the layout can be seen in the Railroad Model Craftsman February 1996 issue. Online photos for this layout are available at this Rocky Mountain NMRA Region web site.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-03
Page:
82
Author:
Jack Dreibus
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment completes the construction of the gold mine by focusing on the ore bin, roofing, timber bunker, stairway, and trestle. Includes scale drawings and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2006-07
Page:
58
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
12 by 19-foot layout features the SP in L.A. The article is a photo essay that takes you around the layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-07
Page:
48
Author:
Doug Geiger
Category:
Layout Construction
Revisits the construction of this layout, dealing with open houses, and interjects philosophy about building a large layout. Includes track plan and many photos of the layout, including the CTC panel and the helix in the garage.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-04
Page:
48
Author:
Doug Geiger
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This installment covers the primary purpose of the layout: operations. Also covered are the Dynatrol command control, scenery design, and the added narrow gauge line.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-10
Page:
90
Author:
Ed Sumner
Category:
Layout Design
A track plan and operational scheme for a 4x8 layout.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 62 #3 2016
Page:
48
Author:
Ken Mason
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
A fictional story about how the layout owned by the Crescent City Model Railroad Club came to be. Includes several photo of the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-09
Page:
88
Author:
Terry Fearn
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
This 9' by 9' free-lanced layout is set in 1908 in southeastern Arizona. Includes photos and a trackplan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-01
Page:
148
Author:
Paul Ballot
Category:
Layouts
A 5 x 9 foot ping pong table was converted into a layout that went to Israel.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1997-07
Page:
84
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Layout Construction
A 4' by 8' layout built by the Youth Group of the NMRA's South Central Wisconsin Division. The layout has a simple main line, with two spurs for some switching.
Magazine:
Railmodel Journal 1996-09
Page:
36
Author:
Rick Heller
Co-author:
Michael Mace
Category:
Modules
A photo essay of the club's layout.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2006-02
Page:
21
Author:
Herb Gishlick
Category:
Layouts
This freelance layout measures 23' by 27' feet and is supposed to represent the New Jersey and New York area. The article includes a track plan of this M-shaped layout, as well as a number of close-up photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-09
Page:
66
Author:
Bob Dannenbrink
Co-author:
Jay Miller
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The club is building a layout in a vacant room in the Houston Belt & Terminal RR's Union Station building in downtown Houston, Texas.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-11
Page:
74
Author:
Larry R. Forgard
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
This spare-bedroom layout features very nicely done scenery with scratchbuilt structures set in early 1940s.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-10
Page:
60
Author:
Bob Clarke
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
The 10' by 16' layout features a lot of detail and very nice scenery. Not all of it was finished at the time of the article. The theme is logging railroading in the Pacific Northwest in the early 1900s.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-06
Page:
54
Author:
Jack Kibbee
Category:
Layouts
The layout features a single mainline with grades of 2.5 to 3 percent. The layout was started as a modified version of Plan 48 in Linn Westcott's book"101 Track Plans".
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-06
Page:
53
Author:
Joe Fugate
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This interview-style article converses with the hobby shop owner, Ken Kroschwitz, and others involved in the project, about the history of the store and the layout. Includes photos and a track plan of this 60' x 81' layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-02
Page:
130
Author:
Bill Baumann
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
Building a small West Virginia-based layout for the son of a friend.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-03
Page:
70
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This is a 15' x 30' layout in Wilson Hunt's garage.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1979-08
Page:
99
Author:
Peter Tuttle
Category:
Structures - Industrial
A small structure of free-lance design which captures the feeling of a large New England mill, and was based on an O-scale mill complex built by Al Hanson. Includes scale drawings, parts list, and construction photos.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2003-03
Page:
20
Author:
Tom Harris
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Detailed photos and description. Sound is through a Soundtraxx decoder.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-11
Page:
52
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
This article describes how the author scratchbuilt this depot, which has the same color scheme as the other depots on his layout. Includes a side bar on how to make the fish scale shingles used for the structure's roof. Scale drawings and many construction photos are also included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-09
Page:
24
Author:
Richard Bradley
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
A fictional story built around the author's layout. Lots of photos, but no layout data.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1988-01
Page:
90
Author:
Carl Caiati
Category:
Modules
A description of how this club's 20 modules were built, and what the various members of the club do.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1973-09
Page:
36
Author:
Dave Frary & Bob Hayden
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
The lighthouse at Mystic Seaport, CT serves as the role-model for the structure built by the authors. Information about how it was built, along with scale drawings and a prototype photo, are included.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-02
Page:
7
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Layout Design
The author continues to refine his plans for his new layout based on new prototype information he has found. Includes many period photos of the Fremont, Ohio area. Includes cabooses.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-03
Page:
7
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Layout Design
The author continues to update his plans as new prototype information comes to his attention, including updating a caboose, engines, and his track plan. Several prototype photos are included, as well as model photos.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-06
Page:
7
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Layout Design
The author states that he has built 9 layouts and is about to start his tenth, and he is tired of starting over again. He covers his latest track plan (shown) for modeling the NYC in Fremont, Ohio in the 1910s to 1920s, and dives into the things he has learned that he likes and doesn't like and how that will impact his new layout. Includes photos of his previous layouts.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2023-07
Page:
7
Author:
Jim Six
Category:
Layout Design
The author shares his trouble deciding on which year to model, and building a layout that might shift between different years for a particular operating session.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2006-02
Page:
36
Author:
Bob Beaty, Larry Smith
Category:
Layouts
An interesting story of how a club moved around, and then was able to set up in a museum Winter 2005. Covers lots of lessons learned. Nice photos of the modules.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-07
Page:
60
Author:
Bob Walker
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Description for building a handcar or storage shed. Two different models are shown in the photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-01
Page:
84
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Cabooses
This article discusses the micro-sized LED's available, how to work with them, and, of course, it covers installing them in marker lamps attached to cabooses. Although the article covers an HO-scale installation, the author is convinced that this is also doable in N-scale. Includes installation photos and a wiring diagram.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-08
Page:
74
Author:
Trevor Marshall
Category:
Layouts
A large club layout built in 1,500 square foot of space overlooking Toronto's CNR.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-07
Page:
94
Author:
Bill Darnaby
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes how he modeled the steam engine servicing facilities on his layout. Includes model photos and a track plan of the area discussed.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-07
Page:
45
Author:
Dave Rickaby
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article describes the 33' by 52' layout built by Rolf Plachter.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-05
Page:
78
Author:
Neal A. Schorr
Category:
Layouts
This 12 by 24-foot layout models portions of what might have been the future version of a the South Penn RR (which was never completed). This line ran between Harrisburg and Pittsburg, PA. The author's version assumes the line was built and later became part of Conrail via all the of PRR mergers. Includes trackplan, layout photos, area map, and schematic trackplan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-04
Page:
66
Author:
Bob Miller
Category:
Layouts
This former professional railroader started constructing this layout in 1957 as a branch to his ATSF prototype layout. However, he discovered that he preferred free-lance modeling, and so the branch became the main layout's focus. The layout is entirely double-decked, except for a peninsula.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-07
Page:
88
Author:
Eric Lundberg
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he extended his layout and the decisions he had to make. Includes a sidebar on how he built the mountains, and another one on how ore is processed. Includes a trackplan of the new area. An interesting modeling idea is how he shows the interior of the mine shaft in the edge of the layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-01
Page:
92
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Modifying a Life-Like DL-109 model to reflect Alco's original design. Includes prototype and completed model photos, as well as a parts list.
Magazine:
Scale Rails 2006-01
Page:
19
Author:
Mike Prokop
Category:
Layouts
Description and photos of this 25 x 36 foot layout set in the early to mid 1950s. No track plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2008-10
Page:
44
Author:
John Edwards
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author visits Bill Kupiec's layout. An article about Bill's previous layout appeared in the September 2001 issue of RMC. Bill moved and his new covers 15 by 42 feet. The freelanced, almost completed layout is modeled after railroads that moved anthracite from eastern Pennsylvania to New York City and New Jersey.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-01
Page:
86
Author:
Ken Nelson
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
Reclaiming the space used by his children's layout, the author expanded and completed the basement before building this "E"-shaped layout. The article briefly describes the construction process, but its focus is on operations. Includes photos, trackplan, and operations sequence and forms.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2015-09/10
Page:
35
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Many photos of the dual-deck layout built by Jim Lorbiecki. The U-shaped layout measures 8' x 17' x 24', with a peninsula that adds another 3.5' x 7'. Includes diagrams roughly indicating where the photos were taken.
Magazine:
All Scale Rails 2016-09/10
Page:
35
Author:
Bonnie Domrois
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article describes of Jim Lorbiecki's double-decked, U-shaped logging-based layout. Includes lots of photos of the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-03
Page:
90
Author:
Bob Hegge
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This large layout was built in a refurbished bowling alley. It has some impressive specs.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-05
Page:
58
Author:
John H. Wright
Category:
Layouts
A Proto:87 switching layout, named Federal Street.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2016-11
Page:
64
Author:
Robert Schleicher
Co-author:
Andy Rubbo
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
The layout features signature scenes of the PRR's 4-track mainline in a 13'x37' layout. Staging tracks are in a separate room. Includes many photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 1997-10
Page:
20
Author:
Jim Teese
Category:
Freight Cars - Box Cars
This is a product review of the Red Caboose HO-scale model of the PRR X29, which contains lots of prototype information as well.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-06
Page:
42
Author:
Dave Rickaby
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article is about Ralph Wehlitz' HO-scale that was started almost 50 years ago. This U-shaped layout measures 26' x 24' and is set on July 4th, 1963.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2022-01
Page:
73
Author:
Rich Balassaitis
Category:
Layout Construction
The author decided that now was the perfect time to tear down and rebuild about 70% of his layout that was mostly complete. He documents his 14-month journey with text and many photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-07
Page:
60
Author:
Kris Kollar
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author provides historical background and his description of building the Funaro & Camerlengo PRR F3 resin kit. Includes prototype and model photos, and how he built the large crate load.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #118
Page:
16
Author:
Bruce Smith
Category:
Passenger Cars
"PBM" stands for passenger-baggage-mail car. This article covers painting an NJ Custom Brass PBM70.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2022 #120
Page:
8
Author:
Gus Foster
Category:
Locomotives - RS-12
The author builds a model of PRR #8110, one of the last diesels ordered from Baldwin, starting with a Bowser RS-12.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-09
Page:
42
Author:
Jim Wing, Darren Ferretter
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Two railfan friends combine their efforts to build a large layout in one of their garages. It is a folded dog-bone design with a branch line and offline staging. See the layout on their Facebook page
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-01
Page:
102
Author:
Phil Opielowski
Category:
Layouts
This layout models a short line in a New England setting. The initial simple linear layout grew to a 15 by 28 foot layout. The trackplan and many layout photos are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-03
Page:
48
Author:
Dave Rickaby
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Bill Barr's U-shaped fictional railroad that takes most of a 22' by 22' outbuilding. The time period is the mid-1920s when Bill was a young boy.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-03
Page:
54
Author:
Bill Kennedy
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
The layout is an around-the-wall style layout with a large J-shaped peninsula into the middle of the room. It features lots of switching. There a quite a few close-up photos of the layout. The layout is loosely based on the Erie Lackawanna in northern New Jersey. It models a double-track mainline between Hoboken and Ridgewood with one branch line.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-10
Page:
70
Author:
Bob Foltz
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This 24' x 27' around-the-walls layout models the ATSF from Trinidad, Colorado to New Mexico border. It has beautiful desert scenery, and operation was important.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-12
Page:
66
Author:
Bill Gruber
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This point-to-point layout set in 1955 attempts to adhere to the Reading Railroad's operating standards. In additional to prototype information, this article covers construction, scenery, equipment, and operation.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-03
Page:
70
Author:
Frank Cicero
Category:
Structures
Modeling a contemporary CVS Pharmacy store in a building that used to be a movie theater. The articles includes N-scale drawings of the building which was completely scratchbuilt from styrene.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1994-12
Page:
76
Author:
Ken Sasso
Category:
Layouts
This bedroom-sized layout packs a lot of railroading at 10' x 12'. Article includes trackplan (island-style) and layout photos. The whole family works on the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
90
Author:
Don Mitchell
Category:
Layout Design
This article describes a potential track plan based on the Enchantment branch of the ATSF.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-03
Page:
76
Author:
Mike Cunningham
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Rudi von Prittwitz built this 23 x 68 foot layout in his attic. It is based on the Southern Pacific from the 1950s onward. The layout features beautiful scenery, large yards, and tall mountains.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-09
Page:
87
Author:
Jeff Paston
Category:
Layouts
Freelanced layout based on the Pennsylvania Railroad's Horseshoe Curve line.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-01
Page:
94
Author:
Fernando Bellini
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes the 6'8" long by 8" deep shelf layout he built due to space-constraints.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-07
Page:
52
Author:
Joseph Anello
Category:
Layouts
A T-shaped layout that started off as an around-the-wall shelf layout with the later addition of a duckunder (the author regrets doing that). The article has black&white and colored photos of the layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-01
Page:
85
Author:
Dean Freytag
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he models often forgotten details of facilitating fire fighting of commercial buildings with a Siamese connection (for attaching fire hoses), a wall post indicator valve, and a fire alarm.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
98
Author:
Dale Olafson
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Two friends built a 16'x30' basement layout in the shape of an "M". Includes photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1983-07
Page:
98
Author:
Robert W. Pethoud
Category:
Layout Design
An almost-around-the-room point-to-point layout with some interesting switching track.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-12
Page:
98
Author:
Jim Providenza
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author converted the Athearn 55-foot ACF Centerflow WP hopper cars from 4 bays to 3, replaced grab irons and ladder rungs, and added roof hatches. Painting and weathering completed the project. The WP covered hopper roster is given, as well as a parts list. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-03
Page:
72
Author:
Dan Lewis
Category:
Ships
The article describes the full-scale 424-foot car ferry model, as well as its history. There are model and prototype photos accompanying the article.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1994-12
Page:
88
Author:
Pete Wicklund
Category:
Layout Construction
The author covers building a 4' x 8' layout from benchwork design through scenery. Includes parts list, trackplan, and layout photos. Steps covered are: benchwork, tracklaying, adding turnouts, painting track, constructing scenic ridge, adding scenery, rock casting, streets and roads, and details. Includes a sidebar on flextrack.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-03
Page:
68
Author:
Jeff Madden
Category:
Layouts
This 22' by 24' layout models the South Penn railroad (which was proposed but never completed in the real world). Included are the track plan, layout photos, and modeled area map and elevation.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-07
Page:
48
Author:
Leon Woziak, Mike Tylick
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
A group of friends worked on this hobby shop layout (Maine Trains, South Chelmsford, MA). Features nice detail and a track plan to keep trains running.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-01
Page:
71
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author describes how he scratchbuilt this 1900s steel hopper out of styrene and brass. Includes model drawings and photos. A sidebar is included on how to build a rivet machine, which was documented in the June 1968 Model Railroader issue.
Magazine:
Narrow Gauge And Short Line Gazette 2008-11/12
Page:
69
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Structures - Trackside
This is a follow-up article to the author's May/June 2006 Gazette article where he modeled the foundation of this derrick.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-03
Page:
90
Author:
George Riley & John Earley
Category:
Layout Construction
Building a 4 by 6 foot layout. This installment covers how the project came about, building the benchwork and scenic dividers, installing track, completing the backdrop, and installing the rough scenery.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-04
Page:
72
Author:
George Riley & John Earley
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment covers installing DCC, wiring the railroad, using DCC for turnout control with Digitrax' DS64, and some more scenery work. The last part of the article covers the fifth day of construction and the fact that the layout is used in shows.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-07
Page:
56
Author:
Gil Freitag
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
Gil describes how he developed his layout, and how he operates it. Includes many photos and a track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2009-01
Page:
14
Author:
Chip Engelmann
Category:
Layout Design
Chip interviews Charlie Comstock about his three versions of the Bear Creek & South Jackson, including how he set up some of his famous photo shots. The article is accompanied by track plans for his version 1 and version 3 layouts. A special diagram shows the space-saving wye.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-09
Page:
62
Author:
Bob Hegge
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he researched and then scratchbuilt an electrical substation for his traction layout. Includes a photo of prototype substation, construction photos, and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-11
Page:
116
Author:
Bill Baumann
Category:
Layout Design
A hypothetical 2 x 10 foot switching layout is described here. There are 15 buildings, many of which are served by the railroad. The track plan was designed to allow for future expansion.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-05
Page:
76
Author:
Harry Bonham
Category:
Structures - Industrial
This installment covers the construction of the model of this prototype structure. The author shows how he makes the silo's outside wrappers, creates the cone covers, the various structures, and the platforms. Constructions photos and drawings are included.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2023 #123
Author:
Ron Hoess
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Prototype information and the construction of a model that was used to maintain PRR catenary.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1976-08
Page:
46
Author:
Merk Hobson
Category:
Cabooses
The author found a Chicago & Great Western caboose sitting on a siding somewhere. Then a year later found that it was renovated, had its cupola removed. So, he decided to scratchbuilt one out of wood and styrene (includes information about how to bond wood to styrene). Includes prototype photos, scaled drawings, detail drawings, and some construction and completion photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-04
Page:
56
Author:
Steve Sint
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author revisits Frank Burke and Lynn Austin's two-car garage layout ten years after the first report. It describes the layout and the changes made in the last ten years. Includes lots of close-up photos of this nice layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-04
Page:
48
Author:
Chuck Diljak
Category:
Locomotives - Gas Electric
The author describes how he modified a Bachmann Doodlebug for bi-directional service (cabs on either end of the engine), modeled after the ones used by the Erie. Includes model and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-04
Page:
89
Author:
Tony Donatelli
Co-author:
Michael Tylick
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This article covers Tony's Western Maryland-based freelance layout, how it was constructed, how it is operated. Most of the article is a photo essay. The layout is in two rooms. Includes a track plan.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-11
Page:
82
Author:
Lee Nicholas
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The layout fills most of the 33' by 30' basement. The single track mainline represents a bridge line between Craig, CO and Heber, UT. In addition to the description of how the layout was built, the article covers operations and includes a track- and elevation plan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-07
Page:
34
Author:
W. Allen McClelland
Category:
Layouts
This installment covers the room preparation, benchwork, lighting, roadbed, trackwork, electrical work, and the CTC control system.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-02
Page:
53
Author:
David Leider
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author describes how he built this two-stall, multi-level roundhouse. Includes scale diagrams and prototype photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-12
Page:
76
Author:
Robert Spangler
Category:
Layouts
Pronounced "weeber", this layout represents a short line set in northern Utah's Wasatch Mountains. This is a teenager's layout, who "tricked" his dad into doing some of of the not-so-fun work. Her mother painted most of the backdrop, which looks to be fantastic work. The layout is shaped like a lower-case "e", and fills a room of almost 12' by 12'. Color photos show off the excellent scenery and backdrop work.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-11
Page:
72
Author:
Jerry Strangarity
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Modeled after a small mill in Wernersville, PA, the author shows how he built this structure. Includes prototype and model photos as well as scale drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-02
Page:
92
Author:
Eric G. Nelson
Category:
Layouts - HO - Modular
Hobby shop owners helped start this modular club layout. They own the four corner modules, while other members are free to create straight modules. Includes overhead photos and close-ups of some of the modules.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1995-06
Page:
82
Category:
Railroads
A regional railroad that operated passenger, piggyback, and varied freight service. Include many prototype photos, railroad maps, and suggested track plans.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1990-12
Page:
94
Author:
John Klotz
Category:
Layouts
This layout acts as a fictional bridge route between the New York Central and New Haven railroads, and runs from Silvernails, NY to Hagerstown, MD. It is set between 1940 and 1953. The layout started out at 36" above the floor, but was raised later to 47" by the owner's operating crew. The layout forms a triangle and measures 25' by 35'. The scenery and weathering is very realistic.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2003-04
Page:
20
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Layout Construction
Installing and test bridge piers.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-10
Page:
82
Author:
Bruce Goehmann
Category:
Modules
The author is proposing three standards for interchangeable modular layouts using traction, as inspired by the NTrak standard. The standards are "rural/farm", "big city", and "heavy electric" modeling. Various track plans and model photos of the author's modules are included.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-03
Page:
42
Author:
Jack Burgess
Category:
Model Railroad Shows
This is a preview article of three of the layouts open for the 2011 NMRA convention, namely Andy Schnur's HO-scale C&O, Jim Dias' HO-scale Western Pacific, and Jack Burgess' Yosemite Valley Railroad. Includes photos of the layouts.
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-07
Page:
45
Author:
Jeff Paston
Category:
Layouts
1950s on Bill Emond's Whiskey River Division.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1995-12
Page:
30
Author:
George Selios
Category:
Structures
Tips for how to make city structures look old. Includes two photos of George's layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-02
Page:
86
Author:
Lynn Draper
Category:
Structures
The author describes how to make computer-printed signs out of tissue paper.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-04
Page:
40
Author:
Dave Allen
Category:
Layouts
1900s railroading in Idaho comes alive in the HO Pacific & Idaho Northern. This is a 12' x 15' bedroom-size layout that goes around the walls, with a peninsula added, and a lower level that has a return loop into an adjacent closet. The scenery is beautiful with the railroad crossing the snaking river several times. There is a sidebar on how to model mountain streams.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-11
Page:
78
Author:
William C. Schaumburg
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
This brief article shows off photos of the RMC project layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-01
Page:
74
Author:
Lloyd Roberts
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
This around-the-walls with a peninsula layout features a large model of the SP's Oakland Mole passenger station. A sidebar shows how two Walthers kits were combined to create a smelter and refining complex.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1982-06
Page:
62
Author:
John Olson
Category:
Layout Construction
In this installment the author covers laying the track (including tuning turnouts), installing two-cab control, building the control panel, wiring philosophies, and wiring switch machines. There are many close-up photos of the progress, complete electrical diagrams, and a scaled image of the control panel.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-10
Page:
84
Author:
David Barrow
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment of the sectional layout construction covers the scenery base, tracklaying using sectional track, wiring, and rail command control
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-02
Page:
76
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layout Construction
In this installment the author discusses how to lay track, build a bridge, and cast rocks.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-09
Page:
65
Author:
Dave Frary
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This is a full-page photo of a scene on George Selios' layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-12
Page:
105
Author:
Jeff Paston
Category:
Layout Construction
This installment focuses on laying the track and building the bridges. It also includes a sidebar on how to make molds for the bridge piers and how to make track connectors for a portable layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1984-07
Page:
35
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Product Review
The author provides a review of the Bowser PRR G5 4-6-0 model. Includes historical information, product photos, and the model's performance.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-10
Page:
85
Author:
William C. Roberts
Category:
Track
The problem of simulating a lot of interchange traffic with connecting railroads within the confines of a relatively small layout was solved by building a vertically-moving rack of staging tracks. Includes construction photos and diagrams.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 61 #4 2016
Page:
9
Author:
Duane Richardson
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
Covers how to build a 30-foot flat car. Learning how to build a flat car is the basis for building a gondola, box car, or reefer.
Magazine:
The Marker Lamp Vol 62 #1 2016
Page:
8
Author:
Duane Richardson
Category:
Freight Car Loads
Not every car needs a load, but the author describes several he has built, and shares photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2002-07
Page:
26
Author:
Gary Walton
Category:
Model Automobiles and Trucks
Building the 48-foot Great Dane ThermaCube. Detailed construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-08
Page:
50
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Layouts
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #117
Page:
26
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Passenger Cars
This article covers how to disassemble the trucks, and making the pick-ups function as equalizers.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-09
Page:
37
Author:
Conley Wallace
Category:
Automobiles
At the time of the article there were no 1940s truck models available, so the article describes how to kitbash dump, tank, flat, and shipping trucks from available cabs and bodies.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2004-07
Page:
84
Author:
Bill Henderson
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how he hid an unsightly hole in the wall by modeling a coal breaker plant on one side and a coal unloading shed on the other side. He also describes how he dealt with hiding a pole in his layout, by curving the back drop around it, while the track goes into a tunnel behind it.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-09
Page:
76
Author:
Steven Barkley
Category:
DCC
Photography by Bob Werre. The author describes his process for switching to DCC, replacing wiring, installing stationary decoders for Tortoise switch machines, implementing a computerized CTC panel, and animating signals.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-11
Page:
130
Author:
Eric Lundberg
Category:
Track
The author describes how he retrofitted an Atlas turntable under his upper-level benchwork and built a turntable bridge.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-04
Page:
66
Author:
Jim Kelly
Category:
Layout Construction
In this part of the construction series the author builds the coal mine kitbashed from two kits, and adds other details. This is the last installment of this series.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-09
Page:
56
Author:
David Barrow
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The author talks about how he built several layouts and improved his idea of what an ideal layout would be. He then covers his current "domino" modular design with minimal scenery. Includes lots of photos and several track plans, including the latest one.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-10
Page:
90
Author:
Peter Vassallo
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
The author describes his 4'x6' layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2012-11
Page:
50
Author:
Bill Gill
Category:
Freight Car Loads
The author describes how he scratchbuilt a lumber load for a flat car, and a pulpwood load for a gondola.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-03
Page:
85
Author:
Fred Headon
Category:
Tools
The author describes how he built two devices to hold his HO-scale models while he works on them. One is a positional cradle that uses a piece of a downspout padded with foam and an adjustable bracket, and the other is simple long piece of downspout padded with foam for holding cars or engines. Includes construction diagrams and photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-01
Page:
74
Author:
William Schaumburg
Category:
Cabooses
A description of how Stan Rydarowicz built two Chicago & Western Indiana cabooses. A prototype and model photo is provided for each of the two cars. The project was started with an Athearn "blue box" caboose.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-03
Page:
86
Author:
Al Westerfield
Category:
Structures - Bridges
This installment covers building a riveted plate girder bridge. Prototype and model photos are included, as well as a scale drawing. Various close-up photos of prototype bridges provide a clear view of the details to consider when building this model.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
88
Author:
Ed Vondrak
Category:
Layout Design
Two track plans are described for building a switching layout in an L-shaped corner.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2010-08
Page:
67
Author:
Raymond Hoppes
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Using a standard gauge Kato NW2, the author shows how he kitbashed it into this narrow gauge engine. Includes construction photos and one prototype photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2000-12
Page:
28
Author:
David A. Bontrager
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
In addition to prototype information (and photos), the author describes how he superdetailed an Athearn SD40-2 to look exactly like the prototype. Includes parts list.
Magazine:
YouTube Model Builders eMag 2016-09
Page:
32
Author:
Harry M. Haythorn
Category:
Structures - Depots/Stations/Yards
When Harriman took over the reigns at UP in 1900, he developed a standard for equipment and structures, including depots. The author models one such depot starting with an American Model Builders kit.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-08
Page:
82
Author:
Bill Baker
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
This article describes how to detail and paint an Athearn unit to show this unique paint scheme.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-12
Page:
70
Author:
Ron Foreman
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
The author shows how he converted an HO-scale Atlas water tower into a more-realistic looking tower by using parts of the kit and scratchbuilding some other parts. Includes a materials list, several key construction step photos, a scale drawing, and how to model the wire the spout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-10
Page:
68
Author:
Don Spiro
Category:
Passenger Cars
Includes diaphragms, how to use dividers to place details.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-09
Page:
89
Author:
Dave Messer
Category:
Layouts
The author updates us on the improvements he has made to his layout (his last article was in the March 2001 issue of RMC). Includes close-up photos of his new, detailed scenes.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-07
Page:
52
Author:
Jason Miller
Category:
DCC
The author describes how he upgraded his SW1500 with ESU Loksound DCC sound decoder, LED lights, and a stay-alive ESU Power Pack Mini. This includes installing the sugar cube speaker, and using it with the Iowa Scaled Engineering ProtoThrottle. Includes many step-by-step photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-01
Page:
96
Author:
Greg Martin
Category:
Structures - Trackside
Using the Bachmann kit, the author enhanced the scene building a foundation and bunker, the hoist and drying house, the sand bin, adding tipple details, and concludes with painting and weathering the models.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-12
Page:
94
Author:
Chuck Davis
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
After describing the history of this quad hopper, the author describes how he detailed the Bowser HO-scale model. The article includes several prototype photos and lots of model close-up photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1991-03
Page:
114
Author:
William Hanley
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author describes how he super-detailed an Athearn hopper car to make it look better so that it matches the Westerfield cars he also runs on his layout.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2003 #004
Author:
James R. Hunter
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
The author describes how he modified the Bowser HO-scale kit to model this car.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2021 #118
Page:
8
Author:
Bob Chapman
Category:
Freight Cars - Hoppers
The author explains why some HO-scale modelers might still want to upgrade an older model, such as this Browser model, and shows several details he added to his model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-01
Page:
64
Author:
Jeff Johnston
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
The author states that the model runs very well if as built, but adding an NWSL metal gearbox and a Sagami motor with flywheels really makes it purr. Also discussed are contact wipers, side rods, and universal shafts
Magazine:
NMRA Bulletin 2002-10
Page:
33
Author:
Richard Argo
Category:
Freight Cars - Refrigerator Cars
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1981-05
Page:
83
Author:
Jim Findley
Category:
Structures - Industrial
The author describes how he built a small ore-loading bin and bucket conveyor. Includes model photos and scaled drawings.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-04
Page:
55
Author:
Cliff Powers
Category:
Layouts
This is an industrial layout in a 12' x 13' room. The layout includes a port peninsula.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1989-07
Page:
102
Author:
Earl Smallshaw
Category:
Structures - Towns/Cities
Putting city buildings on a second level above the track can make the city look dense, yet still allow the trains to move on through. The author describes how he makes rounded backdrops, uses mock-ups, builds roads, and the buildings themselves (painting, weathering, roofs, signs, and lighting). Includes a sidebar on how to cut out windows when scratchbuilding a wall.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2010-12
Page:
66
Author:
Mark Olstyn
Category:
Layout Design
A track plan of a 12 by 16 feet layout is presented that can be used for inner-city modern switching operations. It is a G-shaped design with a swing gate bridge.
Magazine:
Model Railroading 2005-12
Page:
46
Author:
Jim Mansfield
Category:
Track
Lots of photos of the turnout set to various positions.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1996-09
Page:
70
Author:
George Sebastian-Coleman
Category:
Scenery - Mountains
The author describes how he built the walls of a rock quarry by using real rock of which he made the molds.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-03
Page:
68
Author:
David J. Leider
Category:
Freight Cars
Changing the wheels and couplers of freight cars to more-to-scale ones improves the look of the models. He uses wheels from Reboxx and Intermountain, and couplers from Accumate. He uses the Reboxx Exxact Socket tool to improve the free-rolling characteristic of the trucks.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1992-05
Page:
65
Author:
C. Keith Jordan
Category:
Freight Cars - Tank Cars
After describing the prototype, the author covers modifications that can be made to the Tichy Train Group model of this car. Includes many model photographs.
Magazine:
MRH Running Extra 2022-12
Page:
45
Author:
Doug Auburg
Category:
Layout Construction
The author describes how the Columbia Gorge Club has self-storing access hatches. The article includes a track plan of the club's layout, as well as details about the layout itself.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1991-05
Page:
48
Author:
Eric Lundberg
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This double-decked layout, in the owner's imagination, had the Colorado Midland Railway continuing on to August, 1960. A trackplan and photos of the very nicely-detailed layout accompany the article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1977-09
Page:
50
Author:
Bud Bryan
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
The author describes how he scratchbuilds trucks seen on the highways pre-WWII. Includes prototype photos, model photos, and some detail drawings.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2014-05
Page:
62
Author:
Paul Novak, Jr.
Category:
Layouts - HO - Medium
The author describes his introduction into the hobby, and then describes the layout that will be open as part of the 2014 NMRA convention in Cleveland, Ohio. The layout is set in the 1950s. There are lots of photos accompanying the article.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-02
Page:
60
Author:
Jeff Johnston
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The article describes Fred's layout set in Michigan's Upper Peninsula, which measures 26' by 25' in an L-shape. It covers the layout's construction and design, operating, and plans for the future. Many photos and a track plan are also included
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-04
Page:
58
Author:
Dan Lewis
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
The layout measures 35' by 55' in an around-the-walls style in Larry's basement. It is set in 1936 and features aspects of the Ma & Pa railroad if it had made it to western Pennsylvania. Includes many photos and a trackplan.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1994-01
Page:
64
Author:
Bob Krueger
Category:
Layouts - HO - Large
This simple around-the-room layout fits in a 13' x 26' space. The photos in the article only cover a 2' x 8' area that is "finished". The track is all handlaid code 70 rail. The author enjoys rail-fanning his layout.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-01
Page:
60
Author:
Charles Gartrell
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
An L-shaped, freelanced layout measuring 5 ft by 12 ft featuring the times of the Great Depression shows that a small layout can still provide lots of fun.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2002-11
Page:
54
Author:
Bruce Leckie
Category:
Layouts
G-shaped layout with small storage tracks behind the layout wall. Nice weathering.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1996-05
Page:
48
Author:
John R. Kennedy
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
The author describes the history of this L-shaped layout that he built out of two modules, with an added return loop in a closet.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2003-08
Page:
50
Author:
Pete Moffett & Terry Hughes
Category:
Layouts
The layout fits in a 12' by 35' room. According to Jim Ellis, the owner, it represents a bridge route between Niagara Falls and Toronto. This layout was started in 1964.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2005-10
Page:
50
Author:
Bill Kaufman
Category:
Layouts
Photos accompany this article about how the owner's layout has changed, thanks to the help of friends.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2003-05
Page:
40
Author:
Jim Hediger
Category:
Cabooses
Installing wire grab irons, truck clearance issues, and repositioning the body bolsters.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2008 #061
Page:
5
Author:
Ed Walters
Category:
Cabooses
The author shows how he modified the model to make it more accurate. Includes only model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-04
Page:
56
Author:
Stephen Kay
Category:
M.O.W. Equipment
The author replaced the body of the car to better represent the UP he models.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2010 #074
Page:
7
Author:
Jerry Britton
Category:
Locomotives - Steam
How the new Broadway Limited can be used to make prototypical trains. Various time periods are covered.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2015-01
Page:
85
Author:
David Otte
Category:
Product Review
After a history lesson about this engine, the author reviews the Walthers' model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1980-07
Page:
74
Author:
John Swanson
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
Making the Atlas water tank kit look more realistic. Includes model photos.
Magazine:
Mainline Modeler 1981-07
Page:
66
Author:
Robert L. Hundman
Category:
Structures - Trackside
The drawings are in N-scale, but the model built is in HO-scale. Also includes a tools list. The article is basically a construction photo essay.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-07
Page:
122
Author:
Bill Day
Category:
Structures - Engine Servicing
This brief article shows how the author built an animated spout on a water tower using a Circuitron Tortoise slow-motion switch machine.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1978-02
Page:
58
Author:
Donald A. Clerke
Category:
Layouts - HO - Small
The author describes building a 4x8-foot waterfront layout in six months. Only includes photos of the layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2000-09
Page:
103
Author:
Marty McGuirk
Category:
Painting & Weathering
A brief article on why one would one to weather equipment, and how the author weathers a freight car using thinned acrylic paints and pastel chalks.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2013-07
Page:
63
Author:
Gregor Moe
Category:
Freight Cars - Flat Cars
The author modifies an Intermountain flat car's deck to match the decrepit look of a prototype flat car that he was able to photograph from above. Includes prototype and model photos.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-07
Page:
64
Author:
Robert Smaus
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author shares his techniques for weathering cars and engines by applying many thin layers using various methods. Included are how to weather the hard-to-weather box-car-red cars.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 2005-08
Page:
32
Author:
Stephen Cool
Category:
Scenery - Vehicles
The author describes how he dents a model, paints it, and then weathers it (using a Walthers resin kit of a 1941 Ford pickup truck).
Magazine:
N-Scale 2004-07/08
Page:
40
Author:
Brian Nolan
Category:
Painting & Weathering
This installment covers coloring stonework and adding details.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1987-07
Page:
60
Author:
Wayne Wesolowski
Category:
Painting & Weathering
Using heated up olive oil to burn weathering into aluminum foil siding.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2016-02
Page:
60
Author:
William E. Botkin
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author has developed some techniques, which he shares in this article, from weathering over 100 engines for the Colorado Model Railroad Museum as well as 50 of his own engines.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2006-03
Page:
90
Author:
Todd Sullivan
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author describes how he weathered an Accurail CN outside-braced box car, peeled paint on a Roundhouse 50' box car, a Bowser PRR round-roof box car, and an Accurail CB&Q single-sheathed box car. Includes a couple of prototype photos, along with completed model photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-04
Page:
65
Author:
Bill Darnaby
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author describes his methods for weathering freight cars using oil paints. Includes two pages of color photos of weathered models, including freight-car-red models. He uses both hand and air brushes. The article also covers faded paint and lettering and weathering wood.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1979-05
Page:
58
Author:
Bill Darnaby
Category:
Painting & Weathering
This installment covers how to model physical damages. Examples of gondolas and hoppers are shown in color photos.
Magazine:
YouTube Model Builders eMag 2017-03
Page:
6
Author:
Ralph Renzetti
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author takes a step-by-step approach to making very thin signs to embed on the surface of a wall. Includes many construction photos.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2003 #004
Author:
Elden Gatwood
Category:
Freight Cars - Gondolas
Making our models look more realistic by using various techniques to show their age.
Magazine:
N-Scale 2004-09/10
Page:
54
Author:
Brian Nolan
Category:
Painting & Weathering
This installment covers shake shingle, tarpaper roofs, and using tissue paper for tarpaper.
Magazine:
N-Scale 2004-11/12
Page:
46
Author:
Brian Nolan
Category:
Painting & Weathering
This installment covers corrugate metal roofing, and board on board roofing.
Magazine:
N-Scale 2004-05/06
Page:
34
Author:
Brian Nolan
Category:
Painting & Weathering
This installment covers weathering and aging strip wood and clapboard siding, staining strip wood and siding, and dry-brushing.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2021-07
Page:
93
Author:
Bob Rivard
Category:
Painting & Weathering
The author describes how he weathered these models as they were in 1977 as he found period photos of them.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1999-07
Page:
93
Author:
Michael Tylick
Category:
Track
George Sellios' techniques for detailing flextrack on the Franklin & South Manchester.
Magazine:
Model Railroader 1985-05
Page:
68
Author:
Bill Lorence
Category:
Structures - Industrial
Using three Atlas Lumber Yard kits, the author kitbashed this structure. Included are diagram of kit modification details, and how the buildings are composed. Other details, such as the cyclone, stairs, walkways, gantry, water tank, and more are all covered by text and diagrams.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 1972-09
Page:
28
Author:
Michael Miller
Category:
Locomotives - Diesel
Starting with an Athearn GP7, the author made a chopped nose model.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2007-04
Page:
66
Author:
Gerry Leone
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
The author describes the methods and materials he uses to add life to lowlands, such as trees, fish, weeds, and several miscellaneous man-made details.
Magazine:
The Keystone Modeler 2020 #112
Page:
5
Author:
Tim Garner
Category:
Structures - Tunnels
The author is modeling the Union Tunnels in Baltimore. Showing construction photos.
Magazine:
Railroad Model Craftsman 2011-04
Page:
65
Author:
Wayne A Sittner
Category:
Scenery - Waterside
The author built an abandoned branch line track over a creek in the corner of his layout to make effective use of the dead space. Includes a sidebar on the history of the Wilkes-Barre & Hazleton interurban railway.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-07
Page:
17
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
(various topics)
Using roots from bushes as tree roots on the layout. A visit to Gulliver's Gate museum in New York. How to do advanced consisting with Soundtraxx' decoders.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2019-08
Page:
17
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
(various topics)
Graffiti painter Peat "Eyez" Wollaeger. Joe Atkinson's Iowa Interstate. The layout at the Magic House in the St. Louis Children's Museum. A visit to Trainland store.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-02
Page:
15
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
(various topics)
This column covers using dried leaves for scenery, a visit with the North American Prototype Modelers layout, and how to do a wintertime train station photo.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-03
Page:
16
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
(various topics)
This column covers how the author built an oval N-scale display layout for Athearn to use in their show booths, he also reports on what he did over the winter on his own layout, he visits the Joe and Tony Pellegrino layout, and checks in with Rice Campbell to see how he is progressing on his layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-04
Page:
16
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
(various topics)
This column covers how to create a model scene for a magazine cover, how Tony Pellegrino integrated operations into the design of his layout, and a visit with John Peluso's HO-scale layout.
Magazine:
Model Railroad Hobbyist 2020-05
Page:
16
Author:
Ken Patterson
Category:
(various topics)
This column covers how to create a model roads, Carlton Brown of TrainTraxx shares a freight car locating tag system to make operation interesting, and photographing G-scale steam locomotives.